summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 23:11:23 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-22 23:11:23 -0800
commit115f460f6e0defdd96b36fab1a0931c68f646db4 (patch)
treef2d039f44e72b0c3633fd4cafc0e29f104e29d5d
parentc7d32a655aad11ab71db7e37cdb84c622e6f60a3 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/65596-0.txt3180
-rw-r--r--old/65596-0.zipbin59411 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/65596-h.zipbin177691 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/65596-h/65596-h.htm4209
-rw-r--r--old/65596-h/images/cover.jpgbin98923 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/65596-h/images/title.jpgbin17454 -> 0 bytes
9 files changed, 17 insertions, 7389 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858f2bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #65596 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/65596)
diff --git a/old/65596-0.txt b/old/65596-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f891d7c..0000000
--- a/old/65596-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3180 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Brief History of Printing in
-England, by Frederick W. Hamilton
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: A Brief History of Printing in England
- A Short History of Printing in England from Caxton to the Present
- Time
-
-Author: Frederick W. Hamilton
-
-Release Date: June 11, 2021 [eBook #65596]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Richard Tonsing, Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, and the
- Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
- https://www.pgdp.net
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BRIEF HISTORY OF PRINTING
-IN ENGLAND ***
-
-
-
-
-
- TYPOGRAPHIC TECHNICAL SERIES FOR APPRENTICES—PART VIII, NO. 53
-
- A BRIEF HISTORY
- _of_
- PRINTING IN ENGLAND
- A SHORT HISTORY OF PRINTING IN ENGLAND FROM CAXTON TO THE PRESENT TIME
-
- BY
- FREDERICK W. HAMILTON, LL.D.
-
- EDUCATIONAL DIRECTOR
- UNITED TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA
-
-[Illustration]
-
- PUBLISHED BY THE COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION
- UNITED TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA
- 1918
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1918
- UNITED TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA
- CHICAGO, ILL.
-
-
- Composition and electrotypes contributed by
- J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY
- Philadelphia
-
-
-
-
- PREFACE
-
-
-The treatment of the material used in this volume will be found somewhat
-different from that adopted in the two preceding. The narrower field of
-inquiry makes possible a closer following of the ordinary chronological
-method of arrangement rather than the topical method of the other
-volumes. An attempt is made to trace the history of printing in England
-through the centuries from Caxton to Morris and to include some insight
-into legal regulations, trade conditions, and industrial development
-generally. As before, it is to be remembered that this is a primer, a
-book of introductions. No attempt, therefore, is made to go far into
-details or to discuss disputed points or to include any considerable
-amount of technical detail. It is hoped that the reader will get a
-comprehensive view of the subject, will feel its human interest, and
-will catch some glimpse of its larger relation to the general history of
-the time.
-
-The writer has consulted a considerable range of authorities, a few of
-the more accessible of which are cited in the short list of books for
-supplementary reading. Mention should be made of the very excellent
-study of John Baskerville, privately printed by Col. Josiah H. Benton,
-of Boston. This book may perhaps be found in the larger public
-libraries. Here, as always, it is to be regretted that although much has
-been written on the subject of printing and of the history of printing a
-good general history of the subject is still greatly to be desired.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER I PAGE
-
- THE ENGLISH PIONEERS 7
-
- CHAPTER II
-
- THE REGULATION OF THE INDUSTRY AND THE COMPANY OF STATIONERS 18
-
- CHAPTER III
-
- JOHN DAY AND THE DARK AGES OF ENGLISH PRINTING 34
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
- THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY: THE PERIOD OF TRANSITION 49
-
- CHAPTER V
-
- THE WHITTINGHAMS AND THE MODERN BOOK 68
-
- SUPPLEMENTARY READING 76
-
- REVIEW QUESTIONS 77
-
-
-
-
- PRINTING IN ENGLAND
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I
- THE ENGLISH PIONEERS
-
-
-England was slow to take up printing and slow and backward in the
-development of it. It was 25 years after the invention of printing
-before any printing was done in England. It was many years after that
-before the work of the English printers could compare with that done on
-the continent. The reason for this is to be found in the conditions of
-the country itself. Although the two great universities had long been in
-existence, Oxford dating back to 1167 and Cambridge to 1209, England as
-a whole was a backward country. In culture and the refinements of
-civilization, as well as in many more practical things, England was not
-so far advanced as the rest of Europe nor was it to be so for many years
-to come.
-
-England at this time was an agricultural and grazing country. A colony
-of Flemings had been brought over to start the cloth industry. There was
-still, nevertheless, a large export of wool to Flanders, which was there
-woven and sent back as cloth. The English nobles lived largely on their
-estates, looking after their tenants, hunting for diversion, and doing a
-little fighting occasionally when life became otherwise unbearably
-uninteresting. They were not an educated class and the peasantry were
-profoundly ignorant. The cities which, as always, depended upon
-manufacture and commerce were just beginning to grow, with the exception
-of some of the seaport towns which were already prosperous and wealthy.
-
-Not only was this general condition true, but there were special
-conditions which rendered the middle of the fifteenth century
-unfavorable to culture and to the introduction of a new invention
-auxiliary to culture. In 1450 England was shaken and horrified by the
-bloody insurrection of peasants, with its attendant outrages, known as
-Jack Cade’s Revolt. Scarcely had order been restored when a disputed
-succession to the crown plunged the country into the bloody civil war
-between the adherents of the Houses of York and Lancaster, known as the
-Wars of the Roses. This period of civil strife lasted for thirty years
-and affected the general welfare of England very seriously. It was
-especially marked by mortality among the noblest families in the realm,
-many of which were actually exterminated.
-
-Some time within this bloody half-century the art of printing was
-introduced into England. There is in existence a book printed in Oxford
-and dated on the title page 1468. Upon the existence of this book, and
-upon a somewhat doubtful legend, has been built a claim that English
-printing originated in Oxford. This claim, however, has practically
-ceased to be maintained. The legend appears to be baseless, and it has
-been generally concluded that the date is a misprint and that it should
-be 1478, an X having been dropped in writing the Roman date, a not
-uncommon error in publications of this period. Historians have now
-generally agreed that the introduction of printing in England is due to
-William Caxton, one of the most interesting figures in the whole annals
-of printing.
-
-Caxton was born in the Weald, or wooded land, of Kent, a place of simple
-people and uncouth speech, about 1421. As a boy he was apprenticed to
-Robert Large, a prominent mercer or silk merchant of London. On the
-death of Large, not many years later, Caxton went to Bruges, in Belgium,
-then part of the territory of the Dukes of Burgundy, and became
-connected with the so-called English “Nation” or “House.” This was a
-chartered company of merchant adventurers similar to the companies which
-later settled certain portions of North America and to the famous East
-India Company. Caxton appears to have been successful in business and
-became Governor of the English “Nation” in 1462.
-
-Bruges was at this time a city of wealth and culture, the Flemings being
-far in advance of the English in this respect. Life in these
-surroundings caused Caxton to become interested in reading and good
-literature, and in 1467 he undertook a translation into English of a
-collection of stories of Troy, or as he called it “Recuyell of the
-Historyes of Troye.” Shortly after this, Margaret, sister of Edward IV
-of England, married the Duke of Burgundy and came to Bruges to live.
-Caxton immediately came into friendly relations with the Duchess, who
-shortly after gave him a position in her personal service. It is not
-quite clear what this position was. It has been supposed by some that
-the purpose of the Duchess was to enable Caxton to pursue his literary
-labors with the special end of making continental literature known to
-the English through translation. A more probable supposition, however,
-is that he was the confidential business adviser to the Duchess. It is a
-well-known fact that royal personages at this period engaged freely in
-trade and that sometimes they engaged in extensive commercial
-transactions with other royal personages although trade between their
-two countries might be strictly prohibited by law, as was the case with
-England and Flanders during part of the reign of Edward IV. At an early
-period of their friendship Caxton showed the Duchess Margaret his
-unfinished translation of the Troy stories. Fortunately for the world,
-the Duchess was a friendly but candid critic. She saw both the strength
-and the weakness of Caxton’s work, and while she took him to task
-roundly for his rough and poor English she encouraged and commanded him
-to complete his translation and at the same time improve himself in
-English. Caxton thereupon renewed his work and completed the translation
-of the Troy stories at Cologne in 1471.
-
-Caxton was immediately besieged with demands for copies of his
-translations, which, of course, he was unable to furnish, although he
-appears to have worked at it until time, strength, and eyesight failed.
-He thereupon determined to learn the new art of printing so that he
-might by that means multiply copies of this and other works which he
-might execute. Unquestionably he saw printing presses in operation in
-Cologne. It has been claimed that he learned to print there, and this
-claim receives some support from an ambiguous statement attributed to
-him many years later by Wynkyn de Worde. It is possible that Caxton may
-have worked a little in one of the Cologne printing offices, but it
-seems clear on internal evidence that Mr. Blades is right in his
-conclusion that Caxton did not learn the art there. The early printed
-work of Caxton is by no means equal to that of the Cologne printers, and
-represents an earlier stage of development than that which had been
-reached by Cologne at this period. Many of the compositor’s methods
-which were familiar to the Cologne printers of 1470 did not appear in
-Caxton’s books until years later.
-
-On Caxton’s return from Cologne he associated himself with one Colard
-Mansion, who for a few years unsuccessfully attempted to carry on a
-printing business at Bruges. The probability is that Caxton learned the
-art during this association with Mansion. The association was terminated
-in 1476 by the bankruptcy of Mansion. During this period, however,
-Caxton and Mansion published five books, two in English and three in
-French. The first to be published, and the first book to be printed in
-English anywhere, was the translation of the Troy stories. One of the
-other books was the first book that was ever printed in French. It is
-interesting to note that the first book to be printed in French was done
-by an Englishman in Flanders.
-
-In 1476 Caxton withdrew entirely from his business connections in
-Bruges, went to England, taking with him his presses, type, and workmen,
-and opened a printing office within the precincts of Westminster Abbey.
-It has often been stated that Caxton’s printing office was in the abbey
-building itself, but this is undoubtedly an error. English abbeys and
-cathedrals are commonly surrounded by a considerable extent of ground
-called a “close.” Within this “close” are dwelling houses and not
-infrequently shops. The entire property belongs to and is controlled by
-the abbey or cathedral authorities. Caxton’s shop appears to have been
-in a building known as the “Red Pale” within the abbey “close.” Caxton
-continued to print here until his death in 1491.
-
-Within this period he printed ninety-three books and perhaps eight or
-ten more whose attribution is uncertain. Of these ninety-three, fifteen
-ran to two editions and three of the fifteen ran to three editions.
-Caxton was a good business man and was probably possessed of
-considerable capital when he began. He not only made the business pay,
-but took advantage of his somewhat independent position financially to
-lead and create the popular taste instead of following it. Caxton was
-thoroughly English. He knew his people and knew what they would take and
-he printed accordingly. He did a good business in service books, school
-books, and statutes or public printing. These were what we should call
-to-day “pot boilers” and kept his office going on a sound business
-basis. Beyond that he printed a large number of works of good
-literature, but he took no unnecessary chances even in this field. He
-always endeavored either to get the financial backing of some wealthy
-noble or to assure himself of a reasonable sale before he undertook a
-new publication.
-
-In the field of literature his work was different from that of almost
-any other printer of his time. He printed no Bibles. Latin Bibles could
-easily be imported from the continent, probably cheaper than he could
-print them. English Bibles were not permitted to be printed unless the
-English translation had been made before the appearance of Wickliffe’s
-Bible in 1380. There were translations into English before Wickliffe, as
-well as a considerable number of later date, but with the loose and
-uncertain dating of manuscripts the printing of an English Bible was
-altogether a more risky proposition than Caxton cared to undertake. He
-printed no works on theology. There was no demand for theology in
-English, and theology in Latin and Greek could be cheaply imported.
-Moreover, although Caxton was a profoundly religious man and a perfectly
-loyal son of the Church, he appears to have had no personal interest in
-theology whatever. For similar reasons he printed no edition of the
-Fathers and only two volumes of the classics. He left all of these
-matters to the importers.
-
-His field of publication was the putting before the public of good,
-recent literature in the English language. He did this partly through
-printing the works of Chaucer, Langland, and other good English authors
-and partly through translation of works in French and Latin. He was very
-much interested in English history and works relating to England,
-publishing several of the old chronicles and other matters of this sort.
-He believed that there was great help to be found in reading stories of
-good women and brave men and he attempted to lay a store of such stories
-before his readers. His own translations cover over five thousand
-closely printed folio pages, but he had many other translations made for
-him. He was a good linguist in French, Flemish, and Latin and a tireless
-worker at his literary and business labors. He meant that everything
-which he printed should be helpful to his readers and should make for
-the betterment of the life of his time, although he would have been the
-first to disclaim the title of reformer or missionary.
-
-Two notable instances of his literary honesty appear. After the
-publication of his first edition of Chaucer, an acquaintance came to him
-and called his attention to the fact that he had followed a very
-imperfect manuscript. His friend said that his father had a very fine
-manuscript and Caxton at once arranged for a loan of it. Finding that
-through following an imperfect text he had omitted many things from
-Chaucer’s text and inserted many others which did not belong there, he
-at once printed a correct edition, probably at very serious loss to
-himself. The unsold copies of the first edition became useless and the
-cost of a second edition was equal to the first, as the work had to be
-entirely done over again from the beginning. The other instance must be
-judged by the standards of his time rather than ours, but showed his
-desire to present only correct texts to his readers. Caxton published in
-1483 a translation of John Mink’s “Liber Festivalis.” An independent
-translation was published at Oxford in 1487. A few years later Caxton
-published a second edition, but followed the Oxford text rather than his
-own earlier translation.
-
-Personally Caxton is a most interesting figure, a sturdy, honest,
-high-minded, common-sensible English gentleman, a man who loved and
-served God, honored the King, and helped his neighbor to the best of his
-ability, and who did his country an inestimable service not only by the
-introduction of a new art but by the opening of a new field of
-literature.
-
-Caxton’s printing was not remarkable for typographical excellence. He
-used soft type and thin ink, very much to the detriment of the beauty of
-his impressions. The first type which he used was a font of black letter
-made in imitation of the handwriting of the Burgundian clerks of the
-time. This font had belonged to Mansion and was probably obtained by
-Caxton from Mansion’s creditors. Later he cut for himself several other
-fonts, some authorities say five, some seven. All of his fonts were
-black-letter Gothic and all more or less related to the Burgundian
-script with which he began. He used / instead of commas and periods. He
-had a habit of correcting typographical errors by hand after the books
-were finished. He went over the first copy, making the corrections
-himself, and afterward the other copies were made to conform by clerks
-or apprentices.
-
-While Caxton was at work a few other printers made their appearance in
-England. Some time before 1478 Theodoric Rood, of Cologne, opened a
-printing office at Oxford. The office was open for about eight years,
-but seems to have done only a small business. We have fifteen books
-which are known to have come from this press. They were printed from
-three different fonts of type. Two of them were good letters imported
-from Cologne. About 1487 Rood disappeared and is supposed to have gone
-back to Cologne. In 1479 a press was started at the abbey of St. Albans.
-This press published eight books that we know of, all for church use or
-the direct use of the abbey. These books were printed from four fonts of
-type, two of which are identical with two of Caxton’s. It is possible
-that this was a side enterprise of Caxton’s, although it is equally
-possible that the abbey may have bought the type of Caxton or obtained
-the use of his matrices or even hired some type of him. The conclusions
-based on apparent identity of type-faces are always doubtful, as this
-identity may be accounted for in a considerable number of ways.
-
-In 1480 a printer appeared in London named John Lettou. Lettou was
-evidently not an Englishman, but his origin is unknown. The word Lettou
-is an old form of Lithuania. Attempts have been made to identify him
-with certain continental printers, but as these attempts rest on
-similarities of type-face they are uncertain. Soon after his appearance
-Lettou was associated with William Machlinia or de Machlinia (William of
-Mechlin or Malines in Belgium). Machlinia made a specialty of law books.
-The business was later taken over by Richard Pynson. None of these made
-any particular contribution to typography. Their interest lies chiefly
-in the fact that they were the beginners of English printing.
-
-There was no successor to carry on Caxton’s traditions of scholarship,
-of literary taste, or even of craftsmanship. Caxton, as we have said,
-was a successful business man before he became a printer and was
-doubtless financially independent during the whole of his later life.
-His successors were men who were dependent entirely upon their craft for
-their livelihood. Caxton’s immediate successors were two, Wynkyn de
-Worde, a native of Lorraine, and Richard Pynson, a native of Normandy.
-Both of these men appear to have learned their trade with Caxton. Wynkyn
-de Worde carried on the business after Caxton’s death. De Worde appears
-to have been a man of very little education. Pynson was a graduate of
-the University of Paris, but he never became at home in the English
-language.
-
-De Worde carried on the Caxton business from 1491 to 1534, at first in
-Caxton’s own shop, afterward in London (Westminster and London have now
-grown together, but at that time they were a considerable distance
-apart). During this time De Worde published over six hundred books. His
-books were cheap and poor in every way. De Worde was slow to start
-publishing. He published almost nothing for a couple of years after
-Caxton’s death. He appears to have lacked initiative and probably lacked
-capital. He seems to have discovered that there was money in cheap
-publications of a sort that catered to the popular taste, and he
-diligently worked that line of business. He appears to have made money,
-but cannot be credited with any higher type of success. He hired
-translators and editors and he evidently hired cheap ones, as the
-editorial work on his books is not good.
-
-Pynson printed from 1492 to 1529. He did a much higher class of work
-than De Worde, although he is by no means eminent for his typography. He
-made less money than De Worde, but appears to have kept out of financial
-difficulties. His publications were mostly law books. He took over the
-business of Lettou and Machlinia, but had specialized in law books on
-becoming printer to the king in 1510. Pynson introduced the use of roman
-type in 1509, although it was some time before it displaced the gothic
-in common use. In 1523 to 1525 he printed Lord Berners’s translation of
-the “Chronicle” of Froissart. In literature this is a notable event.
-Froissart was really the first modern historian. The book marks the
-transition from the dry chronicles of the Middle Ages to history proper.
-
-Robert Copeland, who began to print about 1514, is notable as being
-probably the first English printer, that is to say, the first
-native-born Englishman to go into the business.
-
-One of the few good printers of this early period was Thomas Berthelet
-or Bartlett. Berthelet was a Welshman and was an excellent bookbinder as
-well as a good printer. He was the first man in England to use gold
-tooling on his binding. Berthelet enjoyed the position of royal printer.
-Richard Grafton and Edward Whitchurch were the first printers of English
-Bibles, which began to appear about the middle of the sixteenth century.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
- THE REGULATION OF THE INDUSTRY AND THE COMPANY OF STATIONERS
-
-
-The middle of the sixteenth century marks a distinct change in English
-printing. Up to this time the industry in England had been neither
-organized, regulated, nor censored. It had been conducted under
-conditions of freedom almost identical with those which exist to-day, a
-state of things entirely anomalous in that period. The quality of
-English printing in this period was generally very poor. In spite,
-however, of the poor workmanship, there lingers something of the old
-craftsman spirit. Although the books show glaring imperfections, they
-also show a certain dignity and harmony which is reminiscent of the
-spirit of the old craftsmen. In detail, however, the work was poor both
-in composition and presswork. It showed an almost entire lack of
-originality. Types, wood-cuts, initials, ornaments, and even the
-printer’s devices were not only bought from the continent of Europe but
-bought second-hand and used long after signs of wear had become
-painfully evident. Wood-cuts especially were not only over-used but
-misused. They were not infrequently inserted with absolute disregard of
-the text. The printers not only stuck in pictures which had no bearing
-whatever upon the subject matter, but they used the same picture more
-than once in the same book.
-
-The reason for this is to be found in the fact that the proprietors of
-the large shops were intent on profit and the proprietors of the small
-shops had no capital. The experience of Wynkyn de Worde had shown that
-the way to make money was by printing popular books which could be sold
-cheap, and his successors learned the lesson only too rapidly. There was
-no effective demand for good printing. The smaller printers had to buy
-such materials as they could afford and compete as best they could.
-
-From about 1525, which will be recalled as the date of the publication
-of Froissart’s “Chronicle,” there was a change in the demand for books.
-The revival of learning was beginning to make itself felt in England.
-The influence of Erasmus on the intellectual life of the age was very
-great. This influence was especially felt in England because Erasmus had
-himself spent considerable time there and was a friend of John Colet,
-Dean of St. Paul’s, who was not only an influential clergyman but a very
-great scholar. England was also beginning to feel the stirrings of
-philosophical and religious discussion. There was a great demand for
-educational books to meet the needs of the scholars and there began to
-be a great output of controversial literature. Wynkyn de Worde sometimes
-printed three or four editions of the same Latin grammar in one year, so
-great was the demand for educational books.
-
-Up to the middle of the century, however, very little original work was
-printed in England, or at any rate is now extant. The popular demand was
-for reprints of old books and for translations of French poems and
-romances. The classics and other works of more serious literature were
-commonly imported. There was also a considerable amount of printing for
-the English trade done on the continent. Not content with furnishing the
-English with books in Greek and Latin and the modern languages, some of
-the continental printers did a flourishing trade in the printing of
-books in English. Their work was generally better and cheaper than that
-of the English printers.
-
-As has already been said, English printing was left very much alone up
-to 1557 excepting that privileges were granted by the crown rather
-freely. Beginning with the privileges to print statutes and law books,
-the practice spread until by the middle of the sixteenth century
-practically all profitable printing was covered by privilege.
-
-During this period, and indeed for several centuries later, the industry
-was free from labor troubles. The reason, however, is to be found in the
-peculiar situation which existed under English law. Under English common
-law all combinations of workmen were considered as contrary to public
-policy, regarded as combinations in restraint of trade, and dealt with
-very harshly. A single workman might work or refuse to work for whatever
-pay or under whatever conditions he pleased, but an agreement of two or
-more on this basis, that is to combine for pay, hours, and the like, was
-a criminal conspiracy. Not only were any agreements such a group of men
-might make absolutely void, but the very fact of entering such a
-combination was itself a criminal offence. From the reign of Edward I
-(1272–1307) to George IV (1820–1830) thirty or forty acts of Parliament,
-commonly called “Statutes of Laborers,” were passed on this basis. The
-reënactment of legislation on this subject from time to time was not
-caused, as is usual in such cases, by the ineffectiveness of the
-legislation but by the necessity of meeting special conditions which
-were created by visitations of the plague, wars, and other events having
-far-reaching industrial effects.
-
-The development of the factory system of production, beginning about the
-middle of the eighteenth century, with the consequent gathering of great
-groups of workmen in certain localities and the rapid increase in the
-town population, rendered a continuance of the old regulations more and
-more difficult. The laws against combinations of workmen were evaded by
-the organization of secret societies, while the displacement of large
-numbers of hand workers by the introduction of machinery caused serious
-labor troubles and rioting. Other conditions too familiar to need
-description arose which caused friction between the workmen and their
-employers. Attempts were made at first to put a stop to the combinations
-of the workmen by more and more stringent legislation. This proving
-unsuccessful, the legislation was modified in the direction of leniency.
-Gradually the unions won their way to recognition, although this
-recognition was developed in the slow and inconsistent way which is
-common with English legislation.
-
-In 1875 the whole matter was put on a new basis by the legal acceptance
-of the principle that it is lawful for any combination of men to do any
-act which it would be lawful for either of them to do singly. This, of
-course, was a reversal of the fundamental principle of more than six
-hundred years of labor legislation, that it was not lawful for a
-combination of men to do things which any one of them might lawfully do.
-Since that time the unions have rapidly won their way to full
-recognition and to great importance in the industry. In England to-day
-practically all trades are very thoroughly unionized. The printing
-industry is no exception. Union membership is much more universal among
-the workmen in the industry than it is in the United States. This
-development of organization among the workmen has been accompanied by a
-development of strong organizations of employers in all industries.
-To-day practically all industrial bargaining in England is collective
-bargaining carried on between associated employers and associated
-employees.
-
-The same difficulties arising out of lack of regulation which had vexed
-the industry on the continent had made themselves felt in England, but
-with their usual good sense the English attacked the problem at a very
-early period. Nearly sixty years before the organization of the
-Community of Printers in France, in 1618, the English had put printing
-in line with the other industries by the organization of the Stationers’
-Company in 1557, the last year of Queen Mary I.
-
-The organization of the Stationers was by no means an innovation. It was
-rather the legalizing and regularizing of a condition which had risen
-under the familiar conditions of English industry. As early as 1403 we
-find the guild or fraternity of scriveners. This guild or fraternity
-developed into the “Craft” of stationers, influential in fixing and
-controlling trade customs. The growth of the craft or trade guilds in
-England was not unlike that of similar organizations in Europe. Their
-control of the situation, however, seems to have been even more close
-than elsewhere. An ordinance of Edward II (1307–1327) compelled every
-citizen of a town to be a member of some craft or mystery.
-
-In 1375 the election of the city officials of London was turned over to
-the craft guilds or, as they were termed, liveried companies. The
-liveried companies were so called because each had a distinctive dress
-which was worn on formal occasions. From this time on the liveried
-companies controlled the political and municipal power of London for
-several centuries, electing the Lord Mayor and Aldermen, controlling the
-train-bands, or city militia, and to a great extent holding the defence
-of the kingdom in their hands. About seventy-six of these companies
-still continue to exist. They survive mainly for charitable and
-philanthropic purposes, conserving and administering the large funds
-which were accumulated in early centuries.
-
-The Stationers’ Company was organized in 1557 partly because the
-printers saw the necessity for organization and regulation of the
-industry, and partly because the crown desired a better means for
-controlling printing than had theretofore existed. It will be remembered
-that this was in the midst of the age of religious controversy. King
-Henry VIII had attempted to set himself up as the head of a national
-church which was not Protestant and at the same time did not acknowledge
-allegiance to the Pope. King Henry executed with great impartiality both
-those who defended the ecclesiastical supremacy of the Pope and those
-who professed Protestant opinions. His successor, King Edward VI, was a
-Protestant and attempted to make England Protestant. His short reign was
-followed by that of Mary I, who was a Catholic and attempted to make
-England Catholic. Her comparatively short reign was followed by the long
-reign of Elizabeth, in whose time Protestantism became the established
-state church of England. It will be remembered that it was near the
-close of Mary’s reign that the Stationers’ Company was chartered, and
-the interest of the crown in securing a better control of the printing
-press and its output is obvious. In 1560, the second year of Elizabeth,
-the incorporation of the Stationers’ Company was rendered complete by
-the enrolment of the new company in the list of the liveried companies
-of London, and we shall presently see that the royal hand was laid
-heavily upon the printers and their work.
-
-The Stationers’ Company was organized in the usual form, with its
-administration in the hands of a Master and two Wardens. The terms of
-the charter gave the company authority to govern the trade and to
-enforce its regulations by the exercise of the right of visitation and
-disciplinary control over its members. This extended not only to the
-enforcement of the regulations of the Company but also to the
-enforcement of royal proclamations and injunctions, and decrees of the
-Star Chamber.
-
-The Star Chamber, frequently mentioned in English history in general, as
-well as in the history of English printing, was a special court of high
-officials. The powers and jurisdiction of this court were somewhat vague
-and undefined. Theoretically it was intended to deal with matters which
-could not be adequately dealt with by the regular courts because of the
-necessity of immediate action, the important nature of the case, or
-other conditions which made the action of the ordinary courts too slow
-or not sufficiently effective. Naturally the existence of such a court
-opened the way to serious abuses, and alleged abuses of its authority
-played a very large part in the Revolution by which King Charles I lost
-his head. As a result of these revolutionary movements, the court was
-discontinued in 1641, after an existence of at least three hundred
-years. It is supposed to have derived its name from the fact that the
-ceiling of the room it sat in in early times was decorated with stars.
-
-After the organization of the Stationers’ Company the exercise of the
-trade was limited to its members. The Company was required to keep
-registers giving the names of the Masters and Wardens, of all the
-members of the Company and their apprentices, and of all who “took up
-freedom,” that is to say, became members of the Company from time to
-time. All books printed were required to be registered with the Company
-and a copy deposited in the archives accompanied by a fee. This was the
-beginning of copyright. It was understood that the members of the
-Company should respect each others’ rights to publications thus
-registered, although it appears to have been a “gentleman’s agreement”
-rather than a regulation. This requirement did not apply to books which
-were published under royal privilege, but the members of the Company
-were bound to respect these privileges and not in any way infringe upon
-the rights which they conferred. The requirement of registration did not
-apply to the king’s printers in so far as their patent for the royal
-printing extended; that is to say, the royal printer was not required to
-register statutes, law books, or other government printing, but he was
-required to register all general publications. This legislation
-requiring registration was not always strictly enforced.
-
-The powers of the Company were used much more for the regulation and
-control of printing than for the improvement of the art. It was to the
-Company that the government looked particularly for the enforcement of
-the statutes regarding printing. For that reason, if a book were of
-doubtful character and liable to be prohibited the publisher preferred
-to run the chance of attempting to evade the regulation regarding
-registration. Fortunately the registers of the Company containing the
-records of all their transactions are for the most part still in
-existence. They furnish an immense fund of valuable information
-extending over a very long period.
-
-The Stationers’ Company included the printers, bookbinders,
-type-founders, and booksellers. It had ninety-seven charter members. A
-few of the London printers are known not to have joined the Company when
-it was organized. Why they stood out we do not know. Very likely it was
-simply the usual assertion of British independence and impatience of
-control. The requirement of membership in the Company as a requisite to
-carrying on the business was not enforced with regard to those printers
-who were in business when the Company was chartered, its application
-being restricted to those who might thereafter desire to enter the
-business. Some of the independents afterwards joined the Company. The
-remainder stayed out permanently.
-
-The organization of the Company was not in itself sufficient to secure
-the desired control of the industry. As has already been pointed out, an
-immense flood of printed matter was being brought out on account of the
-bitter religious and political controversies of the time. Most of it was
-very poor printing. The end desired was to get it out as quickly as
-possible and as cheaply as possible. Much of it was objectionable to the
-government and the organization of the Company was immediately followed
-up by repressive legislation.
-
-In 1558 Queen Elizabeth laid the foundation of legislation for the
-control of the press by issuing “injunctions” which required that every
-book should be licensed either by the Queen or by the members of the
-Privy Council, by the Archbishop of Canterbury, by the Chancellor of one
-of the two universities, or by other authorities specified in the act.
-Frequent proclamations and orders show that the injunctions were not
-obeyed. It may be laid down as a fundamental principle in the study of
-history that the frequent repetition of legislation on any one subject
-shows that the subject is considered very important by the government
-and that the legislation is not effective. So seriously was this matter
-regarded by the government that very extreme measures were adopted in
-dealing with offending printers. One William Carter, for instance, who
-had been several times punished for breach of the printing regulations,
-finally printed a seditious book, “a treatise of schisme,” for which he
-was tried for high treason, condemned to death and hanged,
-disembowelled, and quartered according to the ghastly custom of that
-time.
-
-By way of further tightening of the regulations a Star Chamber decree
-was issued in 1586 much more strict than any preceding order. By the
-provisions of this decree all presses then working had to be reported in
-the same way as already provided. No presses whatever were allowed
-outside of London, excepting one each at Oxford and Cambridge. Previous
-to the charter of the Company provincial presses had been started at
-Oxford, York, Cambridge, Abingdon, Tavistock, St. Albans, Bristol,
-Ipswich, Canterbury, and Norwich, in the order named. These, of course,
-were all swept away by this act excepting those of Oxford and Cambridge.
-No more presses were to be permitted until the number in use had been
-reduced to a number which should be pronounced sufficient for the needs
-of the kingdom by the Archbishop of Canterbury and the Bishop of London.
-Vacancies in the number of licensed printers were to be filled by three
-stationers (members of the Company) who would be nominated by the
-Company and licensed by an ecclesiastical commission. The censorship,
-both ecclesiastical and lay, was developed and enforced by further
-provisions of the act.
-
-These are the conditions under which that great literature which is
-known as Elizabethan literature was created and published. It seems
-incredible that such literature could have been produced under such
-conditions. The fact that it was so produced seems to show that the
-censors made a conscientious attempt to enforce the legislation in such
-a way as to prevent the actual abuse of the printing press and to
-protect the government from danger arising from these sources, while
-leaving pure literature as free as the conditions permitted. Of course,
-we of to-day regard any system of press censorship as wrong and cannot
-approve any such legislation. It is worth while, however, to remember
-that these men made an earnest effort to live up to the moral and
-political standards of their own time.
-
-In the execution of this edict the Stationers’ Company made weekly
-official visits to every shop. These visitations were intended to
-ascertain:
-
-1. How many presses each printer possessed.
-
-2. What he printed.
-
-3. How many impressions were taken of each piece of work.
-
-4. How many workmen and apprentices there were in each plant.
-
-5. Whether unauthorized persons were employed or allowed to remain about
-the plant.
-
-The regulations of the edict and also the private regulations of the
-Company seem to have been enforced at this time with all the
-thoroughness in the power of the Company. The registers show that its
-officers frequently seized and destroyed editions of unlicensed books
-and in other ways enforced the edicts against all persons. Its own
-members were frequently disciplined. The registers show discipline for
-printing an unlicensed book, for selling a prayer book of Edward VI in
-place of one of Elizabeth, for infringing a copyright, for printing
-indecent or offensive matters, for selling books to other than
-book-shops, for selling books “disorderly printed,” for keeping open on
-Sundays and festival days, and for keeping unregistered apprentices. The
-phrase “disorderly printed” appears to refer to the careless and
-inaccurate printing of the books rather than to the nature of their
-contents. The printing standards of the time were not high, but this
-would appear to indicate a disposition to maintain them, such as they
-were. The punishment for selling to other than book shops is interesting
-as showing that at that early period the book trade suffered from one of
-the things which to-day causes much complaint among booksellers. Sales
-by department stores, drug stores, and other parties disposed to cut
-rates are regarded as serious difficulties in the book trade of to-day
-and it is evident that the same difficulty occurred three hundred and
-fifty years ago.
-
-The difficulties of the printers were by no means limited to those
-created by the edicts or regulations. One of the great sources of
-difficulty lay in the privileges and monopolies which had been
-recklessly granted for a considerable period. These privileges had a
-most unfortunate effect upon the industry both on the side of business
-and on that of craftsmanship. On the side of business they gave to
-certain printers a monopoly of practically all of the work which was
-certain to produce good financial returns, leaving to the unprivileged
-printers the doubtful enterprise of producing current literature. On the
-side of craftsmanship they took away the spur of competition. The
-greater part of the literature of this period was produced by
-unprivileged printers, most of it with very little profit to them. On
-the other hand, the privileged printer, being secured in his monopoly of
-a certain kind of production, was not held to any artistic standards.
-Competition being impossible, he could print as cheaply and as badly as
-he chose and generally did so. In both directions the effect was
-paralyzing.
-
-Naturally the unprivileged printers were constantly tempted to infringe
-upon the monopoly rights of the others, with the result that there was
-constant friction and appeals to authority were taken on both sides. The
-matter finally came to a head in a serious revolt of the unprivileged
-printers under the leadership of one John Wolfe. Wolfe was a member of
-the Fishmongers’ Company, but had undertaken to do printing and declared
-boldly that he proposed to lead a movement which would revolutionize the
-entire situation. The revolt was sufficiently serious to bring about a
-compromise by which a considerable number of privileges were given up
-entirely or turned over to the Company to be re-distributed by them
-among the printers. The extent to which these privileges were granted
-may be seen by the fact that John Day, of whom we shall hear more
-presently, alone gave up fifty-three privileges, although he kept
-several of the most important and profitable ones. Wolfe transferred his
-membership from the Fishmongers’ to the Stationers’ Company. As a member
-of the Stationers’ Company he obtained certain privileges for himself
-and it is interesting to note that not long afterward the registers of
-the Company show Wolfe appealing because somebody had infringed upon a
-privilege of his. Wolfe rose to become an officer of the Company and
-distinguished himself as a prosecutor of offending printers and a
-staunch upholder of law and order.
-
-The natural result of the reduction of the number of offices under the
-edict of 1586 was that the trade was seriously overmanned and there were
-too many apprentices, as the reduction in the number of offices did not
-affect the number of either journeymen or apprentices. The Company dealt
-with the matter in a rather successful fashion by an order issued in
-1587. This order limited the number of apprentices and attempted to make
-as much work as possible for the journeymen. It provided that no
-apprentice should be allowed to work in either the composing room or the
-press room if there were any competent journeymen in need of work. When
-we remember the small number of offices in London and the fact that
-there were only two in England outside of London, we can readily see
-that this order was not so difficult of enforcement as might appear. No
-form was to be kept standing to the injury of workmen. The meaning of
-this is clearer when we remember that all composition at this time was
-hand composition and that stereotyping and other methods of preserving
-forms were not known and consequently a reprint or re-issue was,
-excepting for absence of editorial work, a new job. If there was
-expectation that a new reprint might soon be required and the printer
-had the type to spare he might leave a form standing and so avoid the
-labor of recomposition. This regulation meant that as soon as the first
-impression was taken the type must be distributed so that in case of
-reprinting the compositor would have a new job. For like reasons the
-number of copies to be printed was limited in ordinary cases to 1250 or
-1500, so that if the book proved to be popular work might be provided in
-setting up repeated editions. These regulations seem to have been
-reasonably successful so far as the journeymen were concerned, but, of
-course, they materially increased the price of books.
-
-The period of apprenticeship was from seven to eleven years. It was
-intended that apprenticeship should end at 24, and the length of the
-apprenticeship depended upon the age at which it was begun. At the end
-of the apprenticeship the indenture required that the master should make
-the apprentice free of the Company “if he have well and truely served.”
-As the limit of membership of the Company was only about 25, for a long
-period only about one-half of the apprentices ever became masters; the
-rest of them remained permanently in the position of journeymen. As
-elsewhere in Europe, the apprentice might become heir to the business
-and the place in the Company by marrying either the daughter or the
-widow of a master printer. Apparently the business went to the widow
-rather than to the daughter if the widow survived. Widows even seem to
-have taken the business in preference to sons. Consequently the widow of
-a master printer was a very desirable match for an ambitious apprentice
-in spite of any difference in age, and several instances are recorded
-where a business changed hands twice by successive re-marriages of the
-widow.
-
-There was a strong tendency, which we shall discuss more at length
-later, for the bookseller to get control of the situation. Copyrights
-generally belonged to the booksellers. They purchased them from the
-authors and held them as against the printers. It must be remembered
-that an author could not obtain a copyright, as copyright was secured by
-registration in the Stationers’ Company and this registration could be
-made only by a bookseller or a printer. Consequently the author was
-obliged to content himself with what the purchaser of his work was
-willing to give him. The bookseller naturally got his printing done as
-cheaply as he could and printers cut prices then just as they do now,
-and got poor as a result, just as they do now.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
- JOHN DAY AND THE DARK AGES OF ENGLISH PRINTING
-
-
-One name stands out among English printers of this period, that of John
-Day, who has been described as “one of the best and most enterprising of
-printers.” Day was born in 1522 and began to print in 1546. His business
-career lasted for thirty-eight years. He died in 1584, at the age of 62.
-Day began his business life at a period when English printing was very
-poor. His first books were as bad as those of his contemporaries. They
-were printed from worn type, the presswork was bad, they were without
-pagination, and he did not even use a device such as was customary among
-printers at that time. His first important work was a Bible, printed in
-1549. This Bible was illustrated by wood-cuts which were very evidently
-second-hand, as they extended beyond the letter-press on the page. On
-the accession of Queen Mary I, in 1553, he went abroad, possibly for
-religious reasons, but probably not, as Day, like most printers of this
-particular time, found no difficulty in conforming himself to the
-religious views of the government. As a rule they accepted the peculiar
-position of Henry VIII which has already been described, printed
-Protestant books under Edward VI, Catholic books under Mary, and
-Protestant books under Elizabeth. They seem to have been quite content,
-in other words, to take what was brought them and to accept whatever
-government regulations might be in existence.
-
-This attitude on the part of the printers reflects the general attitude
-of the English people at this time. There is very little doubt that the
-mass of the people were neither staunchly Catholic nor aggressively
-Protestant. While there were earnest and aggressive spirits in both
-parties, it seems quite clear that the vast majority of the people were
-ready to accept either Catholicism or Protestantism as a state church.
-England did not become aggressively Protestant until well into the reign
-of Elizabeth. Unfortunately for the interests of religion and of
-religious toleration, the church question became a political question,
-and when Spain and the other Catholic powers attempted to overthrow the
-government of England and make England dependent upon Spain, patriotism
-and Protestantism came to be regarded by the English as synonymous
-terms. Here, as elsewhere, the Reformation was a political more than a
-religious question.
-
-Just when Day returned to England is not clear, but it was before the
-death of Queen Mary, as he was a charter member of the Stationers’
-Company, which was chartered in the last year of her reign, and
-published a book dated the same year. Evidently Day studied abroad. Very
-probably that was his purpose in travel, for we find that in 1559 his
-books began to show excellence and they improved in quality until we
-find him soon producing the best printing which had yet been done in
-England. From this time on his work was marked by accuracy, taste, and a
-high grade of excellence in both typography and presswork.
-
-He was greatly encouraged and at times assisted by Matthew Parker, who
-was Archbishop of Canterbury from 1559 to 1575. Parker was by no means a
-great man, but he was just the sort of man whom the autocratic Elizabeth
-wished to have for Archbishop of Canterbury. He was moderate in his
-views and easygoing in temperament, a scholar and collector of beautiful
-things and a patron of the arts and sciences. Parker not only encouraged
-and patronized Day but employed him to print on the private press which
-the Archbishop had set up at Lambeth. Day’s best piece of work was an
-edition of Asser’s “Life of Alfred the Great” which he printed for
-Parker in 1574.
-
-Day published and printed the first edition of Foxe’s “Book of Martyrs,”
-a huge folio volume of 2008 pages. In 1578 Day published a book in Latin
-and Greek. The Greek was the best face yet seen in England and was equal
-to the work of Estienne. Other notable achievements of Day were the
-printing of the Psalter with musical notes, the cutting of Hebrew words
-in wood to be used in printing the life of Bishop Jewel, published in
-1573, and the cutting of a font of Saxon type which appears to have been
-the first used in England. This font contained twenty-six capitals and
-twenty-seven lowercase letters. The capitals consisted of eighteen old
-roman letters and eight Saxon characters, two of which were diphthongs.
-The lowercase contained fifteen roman and twelve Saxon characters. Day
-also cut italic types to match roman, the first time this had been done.
-Day’s work was mainly religious, although he published some of the first
-English plays and some other works of general literature.
-
-As usual with men of great excellence, Day suffered much from the
-antagonism of jealous rivals, but this antagonism was not sufficient to
-deprive him of success. The excellence of his work was rewarded not only
-by success in business but by the award of a large number of privileges
-which were sources of great profit. We have seen, however, that he
-relinquished a large number of these at the time of Wolfe’s revolt.
-Those that he saved seem to have been by far the most profitable.
-
-A few other printers of this period need mention for various reasons.
-The best work after that of Day was done by Vautrollier. Tottell, whose
-name is variously spelled in the records of the time, printed many
-things of great value to English literature. He was an enterprising
-printer of contemporary publications. Robert Darker, king’s printer to
-James I, printed the statutes, proclamations, and editions of the Book
-of Common Prayer of that period and deserves to be remembered as the
-original printer of the so-called Authorized Version of the Bible,
-published in 1611. This English text, sometimes called the Authorized
-and sometimes called the King James Version, was the only text of the
-English Bible received among English-speaking people until the revision
-made in the latter part of the eighteenth century. It may be worth while
-to note that this version is not uncommonly erroneously referred to as
-the St. James Version. There is absolutely no justification for this
-common error. The book was authorized by King James and for that reason
-is known as the Authorized or King James Version. King James, however,
-was no saint. The authorization was simply a license or permission.
-Darker published the book as a commercial venture at his own expense. He
-used the same type and the same ornaments as those used in the Bishop’s
-Bible, an English translation published in 1568.
-
-John Norton, another one of the group of printers favored by James I,
-cut some of the best Greek types which have ever appeared in England. He
-was a worthy successor in this field of John Day. William and Isaac
-Jaggard printed the famous folio edition of Shakespeare’s plays in 1623.
-Typographically it was a poor piece of work, but as a literary landmark
-it is of the utmost importance.
-
-The standards of Day were not long maintained. There were a few good
-printers in the seventeenth century, but for the most part they were
-poor and the tendency was decidedly toward deterioration. Political and
-religious controversies broke out afresh in the reign of James I
-(1613–1625) and were continued with increasing bitterness until they
-finally broke into the storm of civil war which swept over England in
-the reign of Charles I. A natural result of these conditions was a
-tightening of the restrictions upon the press, which became more and
-more burdensome. The controversies called forth floods of literature,
-much of which had to be clandestinely printed. The restrictions, as we
-shall presently see, were almost unbearable and the market was greatly
-disturbed. The consequence was that English printing reached its
-low-water mark in the last half of the seventeenth century. The period
-which we are considering, however, shows one important invention which
-in its field was a distinct improvement. Copperplate engraving was
-introduced into England in 1540, but it was a long time before it came
-into general use. Later we find it used first for portraits, then for
-engraved title pages, some of which were of great beauty, and then for
-general purposes of illustration.
-
-James I strengthened the Company of Stationers by withdrawing several
-valuable privileges from private persons and giving them to the Company.
-This action was probably taken with a view to making the Company more
-reliable as the agent for the enforcement of the press laws, which were
-not materially changed during James’s reign. With the political and
-religious dissensions which followed the accession of Charles I in 1525
-came renewed efforts to meet the rising tides of discussion and to dam
-up the flood of pamphlets, mostly badly printed, first by the more
-stringent enforcement of the old laws and then by the enactment of new
-ones. The Company’s registers at this time show a long list of
-penalties, including fines, cropping of ears, imprisonment, and
-expulsion from the Company. It is only just to King Charles, however, to
-say that he did attempt to foster learning and encourage good printing,
-provided the learning were politically and religiously orthodox
-according to King Charles’s standards and the printers were amenable to
-authority.
-
-In this connection there is a rather interesting incident of an attempt
-by King Charles to set up a Greek press. In 1631 Barker and Lucas
-printed the so-called “Wicked Bible,” which derived its name from an
-unfortunate typographical error, the omission of the word “not” in the
-seventh commandment. Barker and Lucas were fined for their carelessness
-£300, a very heavy fine, equal, if we make allowance for the difference
-in the purchasing power of money, to about $12,000 to-day. In settlement
-of this fine they were commanded instead of paying the money into the
-treasury to purchase £300 worth of Greek type and to print one Greek
-book a year at their own cost and risk, the Archbishop of Canterbury to
-fix the size of the edition. They gladly agreed to this, but owing to
-the political conditions which immediately followed very little came of
-it.
-
-In 1637 a Star Chamber decree was issued which marks the high-water mark
-of governmental regulations in England. By this decree all books of
-every sort were to be licensed. Law books were to be licensed by the
-Lord Chief Justice and the Lord Chief Baron; books dealing with history
-by the Secretaries of State; books on heraldry by the Earl Marshal;
-books on any other subjects by the Archbishop of Canterbury, the Bishop
-of London, or the Chancellors or Vice-Chancellors of the two
-universities. Two copies of every book submitted for publication were to
-be handed to the licenser, one of which he was to keep for future
-reference. Catalogues of books imported into the country were to be sent
-to the Archbishop of Canterbury or to the Bishop of London, and no
-consignments of foreign books were to be opened until the
-representatives of one of these dignitaries and of the Stationers’
-Company were present.
-
-It was further decreed that no merchant or bookseller should import from
-abroad any book printed in the English language. The main purpose of
-this enactment was probably to prevent evasion of the English press laws
-by the importation from abroad of books objectionable to the government.
-It was also, although this purpose was probably secondary, intended to
-protect England from foreign competition. The name of the printer, the
-author, and the publisher, and the place of publication and sale were to
-be placed in every book. No person was permitted to erect a printing
-press or to let any premises for the purpose of carrying on printing
-without first giving notice to the Company, and no carpenter was
-permitted to make a press without similar notice.
-
-The number of master printers was limited to twenty. Every master
-printer had to give a bond of £300 for good behavior. The Master and the
-Wardens of the Stationers’ Company might have three presses each and
-three apprentices. No other printer could have more than two presses. A
-master printer on the livery (a member of the Company) might have two
-apprentices, others only one. The master printers were to give work to
-journeymen when requested to do so. This enactment was not made out of
-any tenderness for unemployed journeymen but for the reason that the
-unemployed journeyman was always tempted to pick up an occasional
-shilling by printing unlicensed or objectionable books. It was
-considered desirable to keep him employed where his work could be
-supervised. All reprints had to be licensed exactly the same as new
-publications. The Company was confirmed in its right of search. This
-meant not simply a right of supervision of printing offices, but the
-right to search any place where it might be suspected that printing was
-being carried on. One copy of every book had to be filed in the Bodleian
-Library at Oxford. Only four type-founders were permitted to carry on
-business. Books could be sold only by booksellers. The punishments
-imposed for infractions of these laws included destruction of stock,
-fines, imprisonment, and whipping at the cart’s tail. The allowance of
-type-founders, small as it was, seemed to be ample, in spite of the fact
-that English type-founders had now ceased to cut type. English
-type-founding had generally been poor up to this time and was to
-continue so for some time to come. What new type came into use in the
-English printing offices was mainly bought on the continent.
-
-Up to this time a great deal of printing had been done on the continent
-for the English market. The works of the Fathers, the classics, and the
-greater part of the serious publications of the time, being printed
-mostly in Latin, were in the hands of the continental printers. With
-their facilities for the production and distribution of books they held
-the market so securely that English printers did not even attempt
-competition. In addition to that a great deal of printing in the English
-language for the English market continued to be done on the continent.
-As has already been indicated, a good deal of this was political and
-religious and could not safely be published in England. A considerable
-quantity of it, however, was work in general literature, which was done
-better than most English work and cheaper than English work of a
-corresponding quality. The act of 1637 shut off a great deal of this
-foreign printing, especially so much of it as was controversial.
-
-Further legislation was enacted in order to develop English printing.
-For a long time printing was not an English industry. It will be
-remembered that although Caxton was English born most of the early
-printing was done by foreigners who came to England for that purpose,
-and for a long time there was a very large foreign element in the
-industry. In 1523 a law was passed that no alien engaged in the printing
-business in England could take any but English-born apprentices. In 1529
-an act was passed that no alien not already naturalized could set up any
-house or shop for the exercise of any handicraft in England. In 1534 it
-was further enacted that no books should be imported bound and ready for
-sale and that no unnaturalized alien could sell foreign printed books
-except at wholesale.
-
-The decree of 1637 was fortunately not long-lived. The political
-ascendency of Parliament soon began to be felt and in 1641 the Star
-Chamber was abolished. While the abolition of this court did not
-directly affect the decree of 1637, indirectly it made it practically
-void. For a short while Parliament permitted the decree to lapse and
-left the printers very much to themselves. This was not because
-Parliament was any more liberal than King Charles in its views on the
-subject of printing. It was only that while Parliament was strong enough
-to suffer the law to be evaded and so to give free rein to the
-scribbling propensities of its supporters, it was not yet strong enough
-to muzzle the writers on the other side. Parliament was also very busy
-with other concerns and for the time being was content to let the
-printers alone.
-
-The result was an enormous flood of printing, most of it worse than
-ever. An examination of the publications of the time shows that
-everything that would go on a press was dug up and utilized. We find in
-use old type and blocks which had formed part of the stock of Wynkyn de
-Worde and Pynson. As soon, however, as Parliament got well seated in
-power it proceeded to deal with printers along the old lines. In 1643 it
-reënacted the decree of 1637 with the important modification that the
-number of printers was not limited. In 1649 sixty printers in London and
-the two university towns gave the bonds for good conduct required by law
-as a requisite to carrying on the business. It will be remembered that
-the decree of 1637 limited the number in London to twenty, with one in
-each of the universities. This act called forth one of the noblest
-pieces of literature in the English language, Milton’s “Areopagitica,”
-or plea for unlicensed printing, in which Milton brings all the
-resources of his great learning and matchless literary skill to the
-defence of the freedom of the press. The plea, of course, fell on deaf
-ears for the time, but it remains one of the jewels of English
-literature. The Parliamentary government held the act as a weapon which
-could be used in case of need. It was strictly enforced with regard to
-political and religious books and newspapers. It seems to have been very
-little enforced outside these limits.
-
-When Cromwell took the reins of power as Lord Protector of England he
-enforced the press laws very strictly. Cromwell was a masterful man and
-was not disposed to permit criticism of his person and government or
-discussion of matters of public policy upon which the government had
-decided. On the death of Cromwell there followed a period of political
-uncertainty during which the enforcement of the act was relaxed, only to
-be renewed at the accession of King Charles II in 1660.
-
-Shortly after the accession of King Charles a group of the best printers
-unsuccessfully petitioned for the incorporation of a Company of Printers
-as distinguished from the Stationers. They alleged that the Company of
-Stationers was controlled by the booksellers and that they cheapened
-printing and impoverished the printers, that the Company of Stationers
-was so large that only old men could attain to the dignity of masters or
-wardens, and that only once in ten or twelve years was it possible for a
-journeyman printer to become a master printer. They claimed that a new
-Company would free the printing industry from these shackles, that it
-would improve the quality of printing, and that it would secure for the
-government better supervision of the output of the press. This last was
-probably a bait to the hook. The petition was not granted, however, and
-things went on in the old fashion.
-
-In 1662 a new act similar to the preceding ones was passed, containing
-only one important variation by which the privilege of having a printing
-press was extended to the city of York. This act was for a time very
-strictly enforced. The police power necessary to the enforcement of the
-act was taken away from the Stationers’ Company and entrusted to Sir
-Roger Lestrange, who was appointed censor of the press. He was given
-control of the printing office and power of search. With a few reserved
-exceptions the entire licensing of books was placed in his hands and he
-was given a monopoly of the publication of news. Sir Roger seems to have
-taken himself quite seriously and to have discharged his functions for
-some years with a considerable degree of efficiency. Many books,
-however, were published without licenses. Some were published
-clandestinely, while it is probable that Sir Roger was more concerned to
-exercise the powers of office for the suppression of political and
-religious controversy and for the protection of his monopoly than for
-the control of pure literature. The act was reënacted in 1685 for a
-period of seven years. It was then reënacted for a period of one year
-and finally disappeared in 1694.
-
-In spite of the wretched condition of printing at this period a few
-lights appear in the gloom. Thomas Roycroft did some very excellent
-printing. He achieved one of the most remarkable tasks which had yet
-been accomplished by an English printer in the publication of his famous
-Polyglot Bible. This Bible gave the text in Hebrew, Latin, Greek,
-Chaldean, Syriac, Arabic, Samaritan, Persian, and Ethiopic. Of course,
-these languages did not all appear in all parts of the Bible. The Greek,
-Latin, and Arabic texts appear throughout. The Hebrew and Chaldean
-appear in the Old Testament, the Ethiopic in the Psalms and New
-Testament only, and the Persian only in the New Testament. The types
-used came from four foundries, one of them being a face cut by John Day.
-The work was published in six great volumes, pages 16 x 10 inches. The
-text was so arranged that when the Bible was opened at any point each
-double page showed all the languages used for that particular passage.
-The first volume was published in September of 1654. The second appeared
-in 1655, the third in 1656, and the other three in 1657. Cromwell
-encouraged the work by ordering the admission of the paper duty free.
-
-In 1688 the largest office in London was that of James Fletcher, who had
-five presses and employed thirteen journeymen and two apprentices. One
-of the printers of this period, John Barber, arrived at the distinction
-of Lord Mayor of London. He was a very popular Lord Mayor and he must
-have been very prosperous in business or he would not have acquired the
-means necessary to holding the position. He was in no way remarkable as
-a printer, however.
-
-During this period there were four type-founders of importance—Joseph
-Moxon, the Andrews brothers, the Glover brothers, and Thomas James. The
-most famous of these was James Moxon. Primarily a man of science, he was
-distinguished as a mathematician and hydrographer. To these interests he
-added type-founding. Like Dürer in Germany and Geoffry Tory in France,
-he worked out a theory of type design in exact mathematical proportions,
-but like these and other attempts of the same sort it was not
-successful. While it is true that there must be proportion in
-type-faces, it is also true that a beautiful and legible type-face must
-have qualities other than a mere mathematical exactness. Moxon is known
-chiefly by his important work, “Mechanick Exercises.” Part II of this
-book is an exhaustive study of printing and type-founding. So thorough
-was Moxon’s study of these subjects and so accurate his presentation
-that the work is yet a standard authority on many fundamental points.
-
-Joseph and Robert Andrews, although not very good workmen, made an
-extensive variety of type and found a good sale for it. They used the
-Moxon fonts, but added to them new roman and italic fonts, learned
-fonts, so called, Anglo-Saxon, and Irish. James and Thomas Glover cast
-two fonts of black letter from the matrices cut by Wynkyn de Worde and
-some foreign letters. They do not appear to have undertaken competition
-with Andrews and James in the ordinary forms of letter. Thomas James,
-who shared with the Andrews brothers a large portion of the business,
-used two sets of matrices cut in Holland. Of course, these few
-type-founders hardly made a beginning of supplying the English printers
-with type. The greater part of the printing of this period was done from
-type imported from Holland. It was in order to compete with this
-imported type that James obtained possession of the two fonts of Dutch
-matrices which were the backbone of his type-foundry.
-
-After the Restoration of 1660, we find the Oxford Press rapidly
-advancing to the commanding position in English printing which it came
-to occupy in later years and still holds. Oxford had been a centre of
-royal influence in the civil wars. King Charles I held court there for
-some time and the university was always staunchly loyal to the Stuarts.
-Naturally it enjoyed the sunshine of royal favor when the Stuarts came
-back in the person of Charles II.
-
-In 1667 Dr. John Fell, Vice-Chancellor of the University and afterward
-Bishop of Oxford, gave the University a complete type-foundry with
-matrices of roman, italic, black-letter Saxon, and several Oriental
-tongues. Ten years later Francis Junius added to the equipment of the
-foundry a splendid collection of out-of-the-way types, including Runic,
-Gothic, Saxon, Icelandic, Danish, and Swedish, together with a
-considerable number of types of the more common sorts. This equipment of
-type for learned work and foreign language printing enabled the Oxford
-Press to take a position without a rival as a producer of learned
-literature. The presswork and composition done at Oxford were well
-maintained on the level of their type equipment, so that the Oxford
-University Press soon came to hold a unique position.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
- THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY: THE PERIOD OF TRANSITION
-
-
-The eighteenth century was a very important time in the history of
-English printing. It was the period of the changes and inventions which
-led over from the mediævalism of the seventeenth century to the
-modernism of the nineteenth. Three special changes took place: first,
-the invention of stereotyping; second, the rise of the modern publisher;
-and, third, the dawn of modern ideas in types and typography.
-
-The story of the invention of stereotyping is the tale only too common
-in industry of the inventor who is ahead of his time, the selfish and
-thoughtless crowd who opposed him, the apparent failure of the
-enterprise, and final success for the idea when the inventor is no
-longer alive to enjoy his triumph. About 1720 it occurred to a Scotchman
-named Ged that it ought not to be difficult to cast type by the page. He
-hit upon the idea of making a plaster-of-paris mould of the type-set
-page and from it casting the plates. As usual in such cases, he needed a
-partner with capital and some technical knowledge. In 1727 he associated
-himself with an Edinburgh printer, who soon became alarmed at the
-apparent prospective cost and withdrew from the enterprise. Soon after
-this Ged got acquainted with a London stationer named William Fenner.
-Fenner in turn introduced him to Thomas James, the type-founder, and the
-three associated themselves in partnership for the development of the
-new process. For some reason James proved treacherous. Apparently the
-investment which he was making should have served to keep him faithful.
-Whether he became alarmed by a fancied danger to his business or was
-frightened or bought off by the printers is not clear. At any rate, his
-cooperation was only halfhearted. Instead of furnishing Ged with the
-best of type from which to make his moulds he furnished him with very
-poor type and his workmen wilfully damaged the forms.
-
-While this was going on Ged was appointed printer to the University of
-Cambridge, where he met with the same experiences at the hands of the
-printers. Under great difficulties and discouragements he succeeded in
-producing two prayer books which were printed from his plates, but the
-animosity of the printers was so violent that the authorities suppressed
-the books and destroyed the plates. The reason for this animosity is not
-far to seek. The journeymen had not yet recovered from the fear and
-danger caused by the old statutes which had limited the number of shops
-without limiting the number of journeymen, thus causing extensive lack
-of employment. It must be remembered also that the old customs were
-still in force which limited editions and prohibited keeping type
-standing. It looked to the printers as if the invention of a process
-which would fix type by pages and make possible indefinite reprints from
-one setting of type was a most serious threat to the industry. From the
-point of view of the knowledge and the conditions in the second quarter
-of the eighteenth century we shall have to admit that their fears were
-well founded. They could not possibly foresee the enormous increase of
-printing which was to make the stereotype indispensable.
-
-To complete the tale of his misfortune, Ged’s partners, James and
-Fenner, now fell out between themselves. The partnership was broken up
-and Ged, discouraged and bankrupt, went back to Edinburgh. His
-discouragement was not permanent, however, and he made another attempt,
-but not a printer could be found in Edinburgh who would set type for
-him. Ged’s son learned composition and set up a few books, working by
-night, which were printed at Newcastle. Ged died in 1749, apparently
-defeated. Later in the century, however, his work was taken up and made
-practical by Didot in France and his invention developed to great
-proportions.
-
-The early printers were their own publishers and booksellers. Previous
-to the invention of typography the maker and seller of the book were not
-ordinarily the same person. It was only natural that in a short time the
-stationers, that is to say, the sellers of manuscript books and of
-writing materials, should sell printed books also. Both the printer and
-bookseller were interested in an attempt to cut out one profit. If the
-printer sold to the bookseller and the bookseller sold to the public,
-both must profit by the transaction. If the printer could sell directly
-to the public or the bookseller could print his own books, obviously the
-whole or the greater part of both of these profits might go to one man.
-In this competition, however, the bookseller had three advantages. One
-came from the fact that the carrying on of a printing plant was a
-business enterprise and the additional care of maintaining a selling
-organization for marketing books with the public was more than most
-printers were equal to. The second was that the bookseller could buy a
-whole edition or contract for its publication. In this way while he
-reduced the printer’s profits he also greatly reduced his risks. The
-third was that privilege and copyright attached themselves to
-manuscripts. If the bookseller bought the manuscript it could not be
-printed except by arrangement with him. When the bookseller became the
-owner of manuscripts, or became sufficiently confident of his power to
-market books to employ the printer to produce such books as he could
-use, he became a publisher in the modern sense of the word. He might
-either set up a printing establishment of his own or he might have his
-work done by contract by one or more outside printers.
-
-The business methods of the old printers were very simple. We have seen
-how Schoeffer did the first piece of commercial printing when he struck
-off for distribution a list of the books which he had on sale. We have
-seen how Jenson and Aldus and the other early printers sold their books
-at their printing offices, advertised them by correspondence, and sent
-them to the Frankfort Fair and other similar places. The Plantin
-workshop, which is still maintained as the Plantin Museum in Antwerp,
-still shows the little salesroom which was part of the original
-business. Caxton, with his sound business sense and trained business
-habits, had a way of assuring or forecasting beforehand the sales of his
-books, thus anticipating to a considerable extent the methods of the
-modern publishers.
-
-It soon became the habit of the printers to open shops apart from their
-printing offices for the sale of their productions. These salesrooms
-developed into book-shops through carrying in stock the books of other
-printers. In the old-world cities trades had a habit of congregating in
-one place. If a man wanted to open a book-shop, instead of trying to
-find a good location where there were no other book-shops very near at
-hand, he tried to get a location as near as he could to all the other
-book-shops. In this way certain streets or quarters of the cities, and
-particularly of London, were given up to certain industries. The centre
-of the English book trade of the seventeenth century was the churchyard
-of the old St. Paul’s Church. This was the smaller church which occupied
-the site where now stands the magnificent St. Paul’s Cathedral built by
-the great architect Sir Christopher Wren after the fire of 1660.
-
-A glimpse of the way in which the business was done may be obtained from
-the following description of John Day’s book-shop: “He got framed a neat
-handsome shop. It was but little and low, a flat roof, and leaded
-[covered with sheets of lead] like a terrace, railed and posted, fit for
-men to stand upon in any triumph or show.” Evidently thrifty John Day
-was not above turning an honest penny by renting the roof of his shop to
-those who desired to see the Lord Mayor’s show or some other glittering
-procession. All processions of any importance passed St. Paul’s. We are
-told that this shop cost £40 or £50, which would be equivalent, making
-allowance for the difference in the purchasing power of money, to from
-$1200 to $1600 to-day. We are told that £150,000 worth of books were
-burned at St. Paul’s churchyard and in the crypt of the church in the
-fire of 1666. This represents no less than $4,000,000 in our present
-money.
-
-Advertising was done largely by means of the so-called “title post,” a
-sort of primitive bulletin board. On a post in the shop were put up the
-titles of new books on sale, with perhaps a brief bit of description.
-Books were sold either bound, stitched, or in sheets. The bindings in
-favor were leather-covered boards, perhaps vellum with silk ties to
-counteract the tendency of vellum to warp, or velvet and other textiles,
-often ornamented with elaborate embroidery. The books which were sold
-bound, however, were ordinarily in the plainer styles of binding. The
-more wealthy and particular book buyers preferred to buy their books in
-sheets and to have them placed in bindings which were ornamented with
-their coats of arms or with other devices of a personal nature. The
-stitched books were at first sewed by being pierced through the sheets
-with a bodkin and tied with a string. In 1586 a limit was set to the
-size and thickness of books which might be sold in this form. Those
-beyond the limit must be sewed on a regular binder’s machine and made
-ready for the cover to be put on. Sewed books were often covered with
-cloth or pasteboard to preserve them and keep them clean. This was
-substantially what is now known as binding in cases.
-
-For a long time the relations between printers, booksellers, and authors
-were confused and irregular. Up to the end of the seventeenth century
-there was nothing in the nature of copyright except registration with
-the Stationers’ Company, but that registration was made by the owner of
-the manuscript, who was not necessarily the author. Originally these
-owners were generally the printers because the printers and publishers,
-as has just been pointed out, were the same. Later, as the ascendency of
-the booksellers increased, it was they who held the manuscripts.
-Sometimes due regard was paid to the rights of the author and sometimes
-not. This appears to have depended entirely upon the arrangements which
-author and publisher were able to make. In many cases the author got
-decidedly the worst of the bargain. The protection which the Company
-undertook to extend was limited to the holder of the copyright. The
-situation was further complicated by the survival of privileges or
-monopolies of various sorts.
-
-Toward the end of the seventeenth century, with the passing away of the
-mediæval conditions which had previously prevailed, the Company’s
-control of the situation broke down. When the printing acts finally went
-into disuse in 1594, as has already been described, nobody had any
-protection. Everything in the way of copyright was entirely abolished.
-This condition was soon felt to be intolerable and in 1709 an Act of
-Parliament provided a system of copyright and recognized the author’s
-right to his work. By this act the owners of old books and unpublished
-manuscripts, whether they were the authors or not, had proprietary right
-in them for twenty-one years, beginning April 10, 1710. This part of the
-act, of course, was a temporary provision for existing conditions. New
-books were to be controlled by the author for fourteen years. If at the
-end of that time the author was still living his copyright might be
-renewed for fourteen years more. Within the limits during which the
-copyright was valid it could be transferred. Such transference did not
-act as an extension. The copyright was secured by registration with the
-Stationers’ Company as before.
-
-This was really a booksellers’ act, as at that time they held nearly all
-of the copyrights and doubtless expected to be able to secure all the
-new ones of any value. That was what happened at first. The protection
-given to the authors by the new act greatly altered the terms upon which
-the booksellers or publishers could obtain the manuscripts. It was some
-years before the authors came to a full realization of their rights
-under the new law. When they did arrive at this knowledge authorship as
-a profession became possible. For a long time authors sold their
-manuscripts outright to the publishers. The royalty system, under which
-the author shares the profits of the work, was a later development.
-
-From this time on new work was controlled by the authors and the use of
-their manuscripts could be obtained only by some sort of bargain. All
-old work not covered by copyrights existing in 1709, and after 1731 all
-work upon which copyrights had expired, might be freely printed by any
-one. From that time on the publication of such works became, as it is
-now, purely a manufacturing proposition. Whether or not such books shall
-be published and whether or not the publication is a commercial success
-depend entirely upon the soundness of the publisher’s judgment and the
-accuracy with which he gauges the popular demand for standard literature
-at a given price.
-
-The publication of new work depends upon a variety of circumstances. The
-publisher pays either in cash or in royalty, or both, according to the
-prospects of sale. In case of authors of reputation this prospect can be
-reasonably well gauged. In case of unknown authors the publisher must
-take a risk if he buys a manuscript. In many cases the publisher will
-require a guarantee against loss on an edition of a certain size. He may
-require this guarantee because he has doubts about the success of the
-work or because it is a book of such limited circulation, although it
-may be of the most important character, that the publication will not be
-commercially profitable. Of course, if an author is determined to see
-himself in print and no publisher will take his work on any terms, he
-can hire a printer to make up an edition, can get it copyrighted, and
-can dispose of it in such way as he may find possible or desirable.
-
-From this legislation really dates the differentiation of the trade.
-This was a matter of economic growth rather than of legislation. The
-author might print and publish and sell his work, the printer might
-publish and sell, the bookseller might print and publish, but in either
-case there was an added risk combined with a possibility of greater
-profit. Most persons are content with smaller profits, providing they
-can be released from risk. Under the system which now developed the
-publisher assumed the risk. In that way he became the patron of both
-author and printer.
-
-The first of the modern type of publishers was Jacob Tonson, the elder,
-who began business in 1678. A consideration of the development of the
-publishing industry would take us too far afield and it will be touched
-upon only as it directly concerns the development of printing.
-
-About 1720 a forward step was taken in the development of English
-printing by the entrance of William Caslon into the field of
-type-founding. Born in 1692, we know little of his early life. In 1706
-we find him, then twenty-four years old, carrying on a little business
-in London as an engraver of gun locks and a maker of binders’ tools.
-Through this last he came in contact with printers, particularly John
-Walter and William Bowyer, the younger, two of the well-known London
-printers of that day. His connection with the printing trade, his
-artistic skill, and his training as an engraver led him to undertake the
-designing and cutting of type, in which he was encouraged by his printer
-friends. His type was immediately successful not only in England but on
-the continent, which had hitherto never looked to England for type. His
-type was very legible and had a certain air of distinction which made it
-much superior to any English type made at that time. His roman was
-regular, graceful, and well proportioned, a worthy successor of the
-types of Jenson and Aldus. His italic was almost as good as his roman.
-The influence of Caslon upon English and afterwards upon American
-type-cutting has been very great. Many of the types in most common use
-are either Caslon’s letter or some modification of it. This book is
-printed in one of the Caslon types. For many years no English
-type-founder could compete with him successfully.
-
-The principal types of distinction which were then in the field were
-three, that of Giambattista Bodoni, that produced by the Didot family,
-and that made in Holland. Bodoni type was characterized by long
-ascenders and descenders, over-long serifs, and protracted hair lines.
-This general style of letter was very common in Italy for a long time
-both in typography and in manuscript. In the last century the so-called
-Italian hand, a handwriting showing these characteristics, was for a
-long time very fashionable, especially among ladies. The Didot type was
-characterized by sharp contrasts, the thick lines being very thick and
-the thin lines being razor-edged in their thinness. The Dutch type was
-rounded and regular with very little contrast between the thick and the
-thin lines. Caslon’s type was a rather successful effort to retain the
-good qualities and avoid the defects of all three. Avoiding the
-exaggeration of Bodoni, it retained, though in modified form, the
-contrasts of Didot and preserved the regularity of the Dutch without its
-monotony and lack of contrast. Toward the end of the century poor paper,
-poor presswork, and poor ink led to an attempt to get clearness and
-legibility by thickening the type lines. The result was the
-introduction, about 1800, of a very ugly, fat-faced type which had wide
-use. Mrs. Caslon, a widow, who was then in charge of the Caslon foundry,
-attempted to meet these demands by thickening the lines of the Caslon
-type, producing a modified form which had considerable success for some
-time. The old Caslon was revived by Whittingham about 1845. The better
-paper, ink, and presswork of those days revealed anew the excellence of
-the Caslon type and since that time it has never lost favor.
-
-An interesting figure of this period is Samuel Richardson (1689–1761).
-Richardson was a very good printer and did a considerable business, but
-was tempted into authorship and became one of the first of the modern
-English novelists. He wrote, printed, and published three novels which
-yet survive, “Pamela,” “Clarissa Harlowe,” and “Sir Charles Grandison.”
-The new vein which these novels struck in English literature was
-immediately successful. The novels, though very long and written in a
-style which to modern readers seems anything but lively, were not only
-widely successful themselves, but were immediately imitated, and the
-good old printer’s modest efforts were the beginning of the flood of
-novels which is now poured out from the press. Because Richardson was a
-pioneer his novels are remembered and students of literature are set to
-read them, at least in part. It is doubtful, however, if anybody reads
-them to-day unless he has to. It is said that through the treachery of
-one of Richardson’s journeymen a Dublin printer got out a pirated
-edition of “Sir Charles Grandison” and sold it in Dublin before
-Richardson got it bound and published in London. This was possible
-because the English copyright law did not then apply to Ireland.
-
-An interesting glimpse of the trade at this period may be obtained
-through the pages of Woodfall’s ledger from 1734 to 1747, which has been
-published. The student of these matters can find therein very
-interesting material for a study of comparative prices and the like. One
-entry shows that he charged for the printing of Pope’s translation of
-the Iliad, demy paper, long primer and brevier, 2000 copies, 6 volumes,
-68½ sheets, £143 and 17 shillings, equal to about $1700 in American
-money.
-
-Perhaps the most interesting and important printer in the eighteenth
-century in England was John Baskerville (1706–1775). Baskerville was of
-unknown and humble origin. At seventeen we find him a servant in the
-house of a clergyman at Birmingham. He was a good penman, however, and
-his employer soon set him to teach penmanship to the poor boys of the
-parish and afterwards got him a position as a teacher of penmanship and
-bookkeeping in a school. Baskerville was not only interested in
-penmanship but also in the cutting of letters in stone. Unlike Caslon,
-this interest did not lead him directly to take up type-founding or
-printing as his life work. In 1736 a man by the name of John Taylor set
-himself up in business at Birmingham as a manufacturer of japanned ware.
-Baskerville became interested in Taylor’s work and learned Taylor’s
-trade secrets by following him about and whenever he went into a shop
-and made a purchase going in himself and buying the same things in the
-same quantities. In this way he learned the composition of the japanning
-mixture and shortly set up a business for himself. This was his main
-business and source of revenue throughout his life and was very
-prosperous. Baskerville did not imitate Taylor and was hardly his rival,
-but won success in making other and better things than those made by
-Taylor. Curiously enough, although Baskerville remained in this business
-for many years and was very successful, not a single piece of work
-survives which is known to be his. Meanwhile he did not lose his early
-interest in the correct formation of letters and he became actively
-interested in type-founding about 1750. By this time, however, his ideas
-had spread beyond the mere designing and founding of type.
-
-He conceived the idea of better books than had yet been made in England.
-He considered the matter in its broadest possible aspects. He realized
-the fact that a book is the result of many operations. He believed that
-the making of the best books, such as he had in mind, meant the best
-possible paper, type, ink, machines, and workmanship. Beginning with the
-type; he employed a skilful type-cutter to work from his designs and is
-said to have spent £600 or £800 ($3000 or $4000) before getting a font
-to suit him. He never attempted to cut many types. His roman differs
-from Caslon’s, but is equal to it in legibility. It is beautifully
-clear, regular, and well proportioned. Perhaps a certain lack of
-character and a too mechanical perfection would be the general criticism
-which could be brought against it. His italic was the best which had as
-yet been seen in England.
-
-Baskerville also cut a font of Greek type. This experiment has been
-regarded as unsuccessful and his Greek type has been somewhat
-criticised. It was unsuccessful, but not through the fault of the type
-itself. His type was excellent, but it differed considerably from that
-to which the scholars were then accustomed and the learned world did not
-care to adopt it. Minor changes in the formation of English letters are
-not important, providing the general form of the letter is retained. In
-languages using a different character, however, even slight
-modifications are liable to be confusing and scholarly conservatism
-naturally shrinks from changes of this sort. It is probable, moreover,
-that the universities and the few persons doing printing in Greek did
-not encourage the new character as it would have involved a considerable
-expenditure for new type. With the comparatively small use for Greek
-type one font would last for a very long time.
-
-Excellent as Baskerville’s types were, they were not generally adopted.
-The printers stuck to the work of Caslon and Jackson, partly from the
-fact shortly to be noted that Baskerville did not get on very well with
-the printers and publishers and partly because of the expense. They
-preferred sticking to the standard fonts and buying sorts which could be
-easily procured when necessary to undergoing the expense of buying new
-fonts from the new founder. Although the admirers of Baskerville
-consider his type better than Caslon’s, it was not enough better to
-drive it out of the market. Baskerville’s type, moreover, was much
-criticised on its own account. It was claimed that owing to its
-proportions and owing to its sharp contrasts it was hard on the eyes.
-This criticism, however, was probably very largely the result of
-prejudice and dislike.
-
-Benjamin Franklin was a friend of Baskerville and tells an amusing story
-about this kind of criticism. He says that some printers were at his
-lodging in London and complained vigorously of the objectionable
-character of Baskerville’s type and of the eye strain and headache which
-it caused to its users. Franklin thereupon stepped into another room and
-came back in a moment with a sheet of Caslon’s specimens from which he
-had removed the heading. He handed this sheet to the critics who had
-been berating Baskerville and praising Caslon and said that he could not
-help thinking that they were influenced somewhat by their prejudice and
-he wished that they would examine this sheet and see if they actually
-did experience the unpleasant results of which they had complained.
-Supposing the sheet to be Baskerville’s type, they studied it with some
-care and unanimously declared that they found the same difficulties and
-experienced the same discomforts which they had always met with in
-reading Baskerville’s type. Franklin refrained from pointing out the
-trap into which he had betrayed them, but satisfied himself that their
-criticisms really were the result of prejudice.
-
-Type-founding, however, was only a part of Baskerville’s scheme. As has
-been said, he had conceived the idea of the perfect book, or at least a
-book nearer perfection than England had yet seen. It is one of the most
-interesting things about Baskerville that he did not arrive at his
-conceptions by a process of experimentation and production of mediocre
-work. He conceived his idea and elaborated it in his mind first and then
-undertook to realize it in a product. He was the artist who conceives
-rather than the craftsman who slowly elaborates. The designing and
-cutting of new fonts of type was only one step in that direction. He
-determined that he would attempt to produce the whole book himself and
-he therefore set up a printing office of his own. He selected the paper
-for his editions with the greatest care. It is not certain that he did
-not even go so far as to make the paper for some of them, but whether or
-not this is true he gave it great attention. He took equal care with his
-ink, using every precaution to secure the production of a bright, clear
-ink which should work well and be permanent. He also had a special press
-built. This did not involve any innovations in design, but was built
-with the greatest care so as to secure the best possible impression. In
-order to give smoothness and shine to his pages and prevent the type
-from pressing into the damp paper and making an impression on the
-reverse side of the sheet he devised what is known as the hot press
-method of finishing. As soon as the damp sheets came from the press they
-were placed between plates of hot metal and subjected to pressure. This
-gave the paper a perfectly smooth, shiny surface. This was another of
-the points of criticism of Baskerville’s work. Those who were familiar
-with the coarse paper and rough impressions in common use declared that
-the shine of the smooth paper hurt their eyes. Baskerville also gave
-great attention to the typographical design of his books. He used ample
-margins and developed a style of dignified simplicity, free from
-extraneous ornamentation and extremely reserved in the use of all forms
-of ornament.
-
-As a result of this care Baskerville produced the best books which had
-yet been made in England. They were very expensive. No cost was spared
-in their production and there was no catering to the popular taste which
-would enable him to reduce unit costs by publishing large editions.
-Baskerville frankly printed for the few. He believed that there were
-lovers of good books and good literature who were ready to pay what
-might be necessary to obtain their favorite authors in a fitting dress.
-In this he was somewhat disappointed. The number of such persons was
-less numerous than he had supposed and it is probable that on the whole
-Baskerville lost rather than made money by his printing and
-type-founding enterprises. He printed about sixty-seven books, all of
-which were reprints of the classics or standard authors. Not a single
-new book came from his press, although these were the flourishing days
-of Samuel Johnson, Goldsmith, Pope, Gray, Burke, Chesterfield, Young,
-Akenside, and other famous writers. The booksellers would not support
-him. He was not willing to cheapen his work or to lower his prices to
-meet their wishes, nor would he consent to being, like so many printers,
-a mere servant of the publisher. He felt that he had his artistic
-message to give to the world and he insisted upon giving it in his own
-way, making himself his own publisher as well as printer. Very likely
-his editions would have made a larger sale if he had had the support of
-the booksellers in putting them on the market, but this was denied him.
-
-Disheartened and disgusted by the lack of appreciation and support,
-Baskerville tried to sell out his type-foundry, but was unsuccessful. He
-negotiated with several of the leading printers of the continent and
-with Franklin, but was not able to effect a sale. Twenty years after his
-death, however, his type was used in the famous Boydell Shakspeare. His
-type obtained partial recognition. His work has been called too artistic
-for his time. It is said that Baskerville was an artist, but the England
-of the eighteenth century was not artistic. Perhaps it might better be
-said that Baskerville’s standard of perfection was higher than his time
-could appreciate and that he failed because there was not yet a
-sufficiently large public ready to spend considerable money for de luxe
-book making. Baskerville unquestionably possessed great taste and a very
-high degree of mechanical skill. One does not find in his work, however,
-the artist’s spirit which manifests itself in the work of the old
-masters or their late nineteenth century followers. Baskerville’s work,
-nevertheless, was not in vain. No man can ever do anything better than
-it has yet been done without contributing to the progress of true art,
-even though his productions are appreciated by but few people.
-Unquestionably Baskerville’s work influenced the Whittinghams, who are
-the great figures in the world of printing in the early nineteenth
-century.
-
-It is interesting to note, before passing to the consideration of the
-work of the Whittinghams, that several of the great English printing
-houses whose names are familiar to all readers of books run back far
-into the eighteenth century. The Rivington house was established in
-1711, Eyre and Spottiswoode not much later, Longmans in 1724, John
-Murray in 1768, William Blackwood & Son in 1804, A. C. Black in 1815, to
-mention only a few of the more familiar. In many cases these firm names
-have been several times changed, but the firms have maintained
-continuous existence.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
- THE WHITTINGHAMS AND THE MODERN BOOK
-
-
-Charles Whittingham, the elder, founder of the business which is now
-known as the Chiswick Press, was born in 1767. He began work as a
-printer in 1789 on a very small scale. His first work was small job work
-such as cards, letterheads, billheads, and the like. It was not until
-1792 that he did any book work at all. His first job was part of an
-edition of Young’s “Night Thoughts.” It was not uncommon at this time
-for publishers to parcel out a book among a number of small printers,
-giving to each a certain number of signatures. Like his great
-predecessor Day, Whittingham started out doing printing as badly as
-anybody else. The work which he did on his first book order shows all
-the vices of the time.
-
-Fortunately for the art, Whittingham was not content to remain a poor
-printer, although he must have been perfectly aware that he was such. He
-early made the acquaintance of William Caslon, from whom he bought type
-and from whom he not improbably received typographical suggestions. In
-1798 he published a book of a sort much in vogue at that period, called
-“Pity’s Gift.” In choice of type, design of title page, and other
-regards this book shows a great improvement over the work of previous
-years. It was illustrated and was the beginning of the long series of
-illustrated books for which the house afterwards became famous. The
-illustrations, however, were poor in themselves and poorly printed. Here
-again Whittingham began on a level with his contemporaries, but by study
-and labor raised himself far above that level.
-
-In a few years Whittingham was recognized as the best printer in England
-and had built up a good and profitable business. He won this success in
-spite of the fact that he, even more than Baskerville, failed to get on
-with the publishers. The publishers wanted cheap printing and large
-profits. Whittingham refused to lower his standards to meet their
-desires and insisted on printing to suit himself and, as he believed,
-the public. Less ambitious than Baskerville, but equally conscientious,
-Whittingham published small books, well printed, which could be sold at
-a reasonable price, although not at the price of trash. He was right in
-his estimate of the public demand and, secure in public support, was
-able to defy the publishers. When they refused to give him their work he
-told them to keep it, and entirely disregarded their hostility. He
-carried the war into the enemies’ country by refusing to be bound by
-certain trade customs. These customs were survivals of the old
-privileges and monopolies which kept certain books in certain hands.
-There was no foundation for these customs except their antiquity, and
-Whittingham proposed to publish certain books which from time immemorial
-had been held to be the property of others. Of course, the publishers
-called him a pirate, but he never infringed upon a real copyright and
-his conduct in the matter is entirely free from moral reproach.
-
-Whittingham was an enterprising business man as well as desirous of
-artistic improvement. He bought the first Stanhope press which was sold
-to a printing house, in 1800, and his house was among the first to adopt
-improved machinery and methods of all sorts. There is, however, one
-notable exception. Whittingham and his nephew and successor believed
-that it was not possible to do the best work on anything but a hand
-press, and no power presses were used in the Chiswick Press until 1860.
-
-About the opening of the century a man by the name of Potts invented a
-process for making paper-stock from old rope by removing the tar and
-dirt. Whittingham got possession of this process and opened a
-paper-stock factory. He did not, however, open a paper mill, but sold
-the stock to Fourdrinier, the great French paper maker. The paper-stock
-mill was at Chiswick, and Whittingham opened in 1811 a second printing
-office in the neighborhood, which he called the Chiswick Press. For a
-time he carried on the two printing offices, the paper-stock mill, a
-book-shop, several publishing ventures, and a business of some sort, it
-is not now known what, in Jersey. It was not many years, however, before
-he saw the danger of this extension and gradually disposed of the
-outside things, concentrating his interest in the Chiswick Press, which
-he preferred to continue rather than the London office.
-
-During this period his work steadily continued to improve. He invented a
-secret process for giving permanent brilliancy to his ink. He gave the
-greatest attention to the design and layout of his books, proportion in
-the matter of margins and the like, and to presswork. This last was
-doubly important because of his determination to improve the process of
-illustration. Of course, the modern processes were not then in use.
-Black and white was done either from wood blocks or steel and copper
-plates, and color work was done by the use of solid color on blocks. In
-order to secure better results in black and white, Whittingham invented
-the over-lay process. Some of his work in color was the best ever
-produced by the methods which were then known. An indication of the
-resources of the establishment may be gathered from the story of the
-production of his British Poets, sets of which may still be occasionally
-bought in old book-shops. The design for the series was planned in 1819.
-It was shortly announced that they were to be published on a given day
-in 1822. When the day came the whole set was published as announced. It
-consisted of one hundred royal 18mo volumes, illustrated. Five hundred
-sets were printed, making a total of 50,000 volumes.
-
-Shortly after this the younger Charles Whittingham, nephew of the elder,
-appears upon the scene. He was his uncle’s apprentice and became his
-partner in 1824. The partnership lasted for four years and was
-apparently not a very harmonious arrangement. The elder Whittingham,
-like many strong and successful men, was masterful and was not disposed
-to share either power or responsibility. The young man, although having
-no occasion to complain of any unfairness, felt that although nominally
-a partner he was really merely an employee. In 1828 he left the Chiswick
-Press and set up for himself in London. He continued in business there
-for ten years and then his uncle, who was now old and in failing health,
-called him back to take charge of the Chiswick Press. In spite of the
-fact that their partnership had not been satisfactory, the old man
-doubtless realized that his nephew was the only man in England who was
-competent to continue the business which he had built up with so much
-toil and in which he took so much pride. From this time until the date
-of the death of the elder man the younger Whittingham was the moving
-spirit in the establishment. After the death of the elder Whittingham
-the plant was moved back to London without change of name.
-
-Shortly after the younger Whittingham took over the management he became
-acquainted with William Pickering and formed an association with him
-which had momentous effects on English printing and publishing.
-Pickering had started an old-book business in 1821 and had made money.
-Although not a practical printer he was interested in books and he had
-very intelligent ideas as to what qualities made books good, considered
-as pieces of work. Pickering desired to publish fine editions of old
-writers and entered into an alliance with Whittingham to produce them.
-For twenty-five years these two men worked together doing the best
-book-making which England had yet seen. Comparatively little of it was
-new work. It was mainly the printing of fine editions of so-called
-standard literature. In 1844, dissatisfied with the types in current
-use, they induced Henry Caslon, who was then the head of the Caslon
-foundry, to revive the old William Caslon type, known technically as
-old-face roman, and this revival was the beginning of the permanent
-restoration of the Caslon types to favor.
-
-Pickering and Whittingham together may be said to be the fathers of the
-modern book. Together they worked out many improvements. The excellent
-work in illustration which had been developed by the elder Whittingham
-was continued and improved. In 1840 they were doing color printing from
-wood blocks which was the best ever done by that process in England, and
-later they began to produce ornamental books with initials, borders,
-head pieces, and the like, printed from wood blocks, but superior to
-anything which had been seen since the days of illuminated manuscripts.
-Pickering and Whittingham were in constant consultation. They spent
-their Sundays and much other time together. The completeness of their
-cooperation is shown by Whittingham’s answer to the question which of
-the two had the greater influence on the other. He replied, “My dear
-sir, when you tell me which half of a pair of scissors is the more
-useful, I will answer your question.”
-
-Pickering died in 1854, bankrupt through indorsing notes for a friend.
-The death of Pickering was a great blow to Whittingham, but the
-bankruptcy did not in any way involve the Chiswick Press. Whittingham
-never took the same interest in the business afterward, although the
-house had become sufficiently strong to continue and maintain its
-standards. Whittingham was always actuated by the true craftsman’s
-spirit. He was successful in his business, but he was more anxious for
-artistic than for financial success. There is not the slightest doubt
-that if he had been willing to do so he might have amassed a large
-fortune. Upon one occasion he was called in as an expert to figure the
-price which the government should offer for a very large contract.
-Instead of calling for bids the government had a price figured which it
-proposed to offer for the work. Whittingham figured a price which would
-be just to the government and at the same time offer a good margin of
-profit to the contractor. After he had completed his labors, he was
-offered the contract himself, but refused, stating as he did so that he
-would rather print fine books than make money.
-
-The history of English printing shows one more epoch-making figure. It
-is that of William Morris, poet, socialist, idealist, and craftsman.
-Morris is in many ways one of the most picturesque figures of the
-nineteenth century. Interested in many kinds of craftsmanship, he was
-particularly interested in printing and in 1891 he set up the Kelmscott
-Press in order to express his idea of what a book should be. Morris was
-above all things a man of the Middle Ages. Like the even more famous
-Ruskin, his spirit revolted from many of the characteristics of the
-nineteenth century. Whatever he did, thought, or said is influenced by
-this underlying spirit of mediævalism. In his books and his types we
-find exhibited the spirit and forms of the fifteenth century, but the
-vital thing is the spirit and not the form. Although deeply influenced
-by fifteenth century forms, Morris’s work is not mere imitation. It is
-rather a reproduction of the old-time spirit. Morris said that in
-printing it was important to consider “the paper, the form of the type,
-the relative spacing of the letters, words, and lines, and lastly the
-position of the printed matter on the page.” The harmony and
-completeness of the whole, a harmony extending beyond mechanism to the
-harmony of literary spirit and typographic form, was his fundamental
-idea. In working this out he adopted as a unit not the single page of
-type, as had been commonly the case, but the double page, on the ground
-that when the book is opened we have before our eyes not one page but
-two, and therefore the two together form a unit of book composition.
-
-Morris designed three types, named from the books in which they were
-first employed. The first was the Golden, from the Golden Legend, a
-heavy black roman letter with distinct gothic influence. The second was
-the Troy, from an edition of Caxton’s Troy book, a modification of a
-Koburger gothic of the fifteenth century. The third was the Chaucer, so
-called from an edition of some of Chaucer’s work, which was the Troy
-reduced in size and slightly modified in face. The initial letters were
-designed by Morris in imitation of a set used by Sweynheim and Pannartz.
-
-Unfortunately Morris lived only five years after he began to print and
-his press did not survive him. During that period he published
-fifty-three books in sixty-five volumes, none of them in large editions.
-The influence of Morris, however, was very great. Although he was not
-extensively copied directly, he led in a marked revival of the spirit of
-the old craftsman and in a renewal of the old conception of the unity
-and harmony of the book as a whole. The Kelmscott Press was hardly
-closed when Charles Ricketts opened the Vale Press, which operated from
-1896 to 1904. Ricketts had much of the spirit and many of the methods of
-Morris, but unlike Morris, who approached his type problem from the side
-of manuscript, Ricketts conceived his forms as cast in metal. Another
-continuer of Morris’s work was the Dove Press, which was started in
-1900.
-
-Morris’s influence extended beyond the Atlantic and shows itself in some
-of the best American printing, particularly that of Mr. Daniel Berkeley
-Updike of the Merrymount Press of Boston and Mr. Bruce Rogers of the
-Riverside Press of Cambridge.
-
-
-The central feature in the history of printing of the last century has
-been the development of periodical and commercial printing. Previous to
-the last hundred years the particular thing was the book, but book
-printing is now only a small part of the industry. A study of periodical
-and commercial printing would be extremely interesting, but it lies in
-the domain of typography rather than in that of the history of printing.
-With the brief consideration which we have made of the so-called revival
-of printing under Morris and his successors we may properly take leave
-of this branch of our subject.
-
-
-
-
- SUPPLEMENTARY READING
-
-
- William Caxton. By Charles Knight. (Popular and in a few respects
- inaccurate, but excellent for its sketch of the life and conditions
- of Caxton’s time.)
-
- Life and Typography of William Caxton. By William Blades. (The
- standard authority, but suited only for somewhat advanced students.)
-
- A Short History of English Printing. By Henry R. Plomer. (A fairly
- good general view of the subject.)
-
- The Cambridge History of English Literature. Vol. II, Chap. xiii; Vol.
- IV, Chap. xviii; Vol. VII, Chap. xv; Vol. XI, Chap. xiv. (This work
- is made up of monographs written by distinguished specialists. The
- chapters indicated contain a very good general view of the
- development of British printing and publishing and of the beginnings
- of journalism in England.)
-
- See files of the Inland Printer (Chicago) for excellent articles by
- Mr. Henry L. Bullen. These articles are notable for their valuable
- illustrations.
-
-
-
-
- REVIEW QUESTIONS
-
-
- SUGGESTIONS TO STUDENTS AND INSTRUCTORS
-
- The following questions, based on the contents of this pamphlet, are
- intended to serve (1) as a guide to the study of the text, (2) as an
- aid to the student in putting the information contained into definite
- statements without actually memorizing the text, (3) as a means of
- securing from the student a reproduction of the information in his own
- words.
-
- A careful following of the questions by the reader will insure full
- acquaintance with every part of the text, avoiding the accidental
- omission of what might be of value. These primers are so condensed
- that nothing should be omitted.
-
- In teaching from these books it is very important that these questions
- and such others as may occur to the teacher should be made the basis
- of frequent written work, and of final examinations.
-
- The importance of written work cannot be overstated. It not only
- assures knowledge of material but the power to express that knowledge
- correctly and in good form.
-
- If this written work can be submitted to the teacher in printed form
- it will be doubly useful.
-
-
- QUESTIONS
-
- 1. What general conditions made England slow to take up printing?
-
- 2. What special conditions existed in England about the time of the
- invention of printing?
-
- 3. What is the truth about the story that the first English printed
- book was dated 1468?
-
- 4. Tell the story of Caxton’s life up to his return to England.
-
- 5. Tell the story of the rest of his life.
-
- 6. How many books did he print, and of what sort?
-
- 7. What remarkable omissions are there in his work, and why?
-
- 8. What was his special field?
-
- 9. What sort of man was Caxton?
-
- 10. What can you say about Caxton’s typography?
-
- 11. What other printers appeared in England during Caxton’s life?
-
- 12. What was the great difference between Caxton and his successors?
-
- 13. Who was Caxton’s successor in business, and what do you know about
- him?
-
- 14. Who was Pynson, and what did he do?
-
- 15. What do you know about Copeland; Berthelet; Grafton and
- Whitchurch?
-
- 16. Describe the condition of English printing up to 1550, and give
- the reason.
-
- 17. What change took place after 1525?
-
- 18. What books were imported, and why?
-
- 19. What was the situation in England all through the Middle Ages with
- regard to labor troubles?
-
- 20. What social change took place in the nineteenth century, and what
- was the result?
-
- 21. How did the English deal with the problem of the regulation of
- printing?
-
- 22. What can you say about English craft guilds?
-
- 23. What were the reasons for the organization of the Company of
- Stationers?
-
- 24. What was the form of organization of the Company?
-
- 25. What was the Star Chamber?
-
- 26. What were the powers and the duties of the Company?
-
- 27. What followed the organization of the Company?
-
- 28. Give the substance of the edict of 1586.
-
- 29. What did the Company do in the execution of this edict?
-
- 30. What difficulties, other than those caused by the edicts, troubled
- the printers?
-
- 31. Tell the story of John Wolfe.
-
- 32. What was the result of the reduction in the number of offices, and
- what was done about it?
-
- 33. Describe English printing apprenticeship at this period.
-
- 34. What were the relations between author, printer, and bookseller?
-
- 35. Tell the story of John Day.
-
- 36. Mention other printers of this time, and give some distinguishing
- fact about each.
-
- 37. What tendency appears in English printing after Day, and why?
-
- 38. How did printing fare under James I; under Charles I?
-
- 39. Give the substance of the edict of 1637.
-
- 40. What legislation was enacted to protect English printing?
-
- 41. What happened when Parliament got the upper hand, and why?
-
- 42. How did printing fare under Cromwell?
-
- 43. Tell the story of the attempt to incorporate the Company of
- Printers.
-
- 44. Sketch the course of government regulation from 1662 to 1694.
-
- 45. Tell about Roycroft and his work.
-
- 46. Tell about the four type-founders of this time.
-
- 47. Describe the rise to prominence of the Oxford Press.
-
- 48. What three special changes took place in the eighteenth century?
-
- 49. Tell the story of the invention of stereotyping.
-
- 50. Tell how the publishers became the principal power in the book
- business.
-
- 51. Give the substance of the copyright act of 1709.
-
- 52. What was the effect of this act on the author and on the
- manufacture of books?
-
- 53. Tell the story of William Caslon.
-
- 54. Tell the story of Samuel Richardson.
-
- 55. Tell the story of the life of Baskerville.
-
- 56. Tell about Baskerville as a type-founder.
-
- 57. Tell about Baskerville’s press; his methods; the reason for his
- lack of success.
-
- 58. Was Baskerville’s work a failure, and why?
-
- 59. Tell the story of Charles Whittingham, the elder.
-
- 60. Tell the story of Charles Whittingham, the younger.
-
- 61. Tell the story of Pickering and his alliance with Whittingham.
-
- 62. Tell the story of Morris and the Kelmscott Press.
-
- 63. Describe Morris’s ideas and tell about his work.
-
- 64. What was the effect of Morris’s work?
-
- 65. Name a few of the printers most influenced by him.
-
-
-
-
- TYPOGRAPHIC TECHNICAL SERIES FOR APPRENTICES
-
-
-The following list of publications, comprising the TYPOGRAPHIC TECHNICAL
-SERIES FOR APPRENTICES, has been prepared under the supervision of the
-Committee on Education of the United Typothetae of America for use in
-trade classes, in courses of printing instruction, and by individuals.
-
-Each publication has been compiled by a competent author or group of
-authors, and carefully edited, the purpose, being to provide the
-printers of the United States—employers, journeymen, and
-apprentices—with a comprehensive series of handy and inexpensive
-compendiums of reliable, up-to-date information upon the various
-branches and specialties of the printing craft, all arranged in orderly
-fashion for progressive study.
-
-The publications of the series are of uniform size, 5 × 8 inches. Their
-general make-up, in typography, illustrations, etc., has been, as far as
-practicable, kept in harmony throughout. A brief synopsis of the
-particular contents and other chief features of each volume will be
-found under each title in the following list.
-
-Each topic is treated in a concise manner, the aim being to embody in
-each publication as completely as possible all the rudimentary
-information and essential facts necessary to an understanding of the
-subject. Care has been taken to make all statements accurate and clear,
-with the purpose of bringing essential information within the
-understanding of beginners in the different fields of study. Wherever
-practicable, simple and well-defined drawings and illustrations have
-been used to assist in giving additional clearness to the text.
-
-In order that the pamphlets may be of the greatest possible help for use
-in trade-school classes and for self-instruction, each title is
-accompanied by a list of Review Questions covering essential items of
-the subject matter. A short Glossary of technical terms belonging to the
-subject or department treated is also added to many of the books.
-
-These are the Official Text-books of the United Typothetae of America.
-
-Address all orders and inquiries to COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION, UNITED
-TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS, U. S. A.
-
-
-
-
- TYPOGRAPHIC TECHNICAL SERIES _for_ APPRENTICES
-
-
- PART I—_Types, Tools, Machines, and Materials_
-
- 1. =Type: a Primer of Information= By A. A. Stewart
-
- Relating to the mechanical features of printing types; their
- sizes, font schemes, etc., with a brief description of their
- manufacture. 44 pp.; illustrated; 74 review questions; glossary.
-
- 2. =Compositors’ Tools and Materials= By A. A. Stewart
-
- A primer of information about composing sticks, galleys, leads,
- brass rules, cutting and mitering machines, etc. 47 pp.;
- illustrated; 50 review questions; glossary.
-
- 3. =Type Cases, Composing Room Furniture= By A. A. Stewart
-
- A primer of information about type cases, work stands, cabinets,
- case racks, galley racks, standing galleys, etc. 43 pp.;
- illustrated; 33 review questions; glossary.
-
- 4. =Imposing Tables and Lock-up Appliances= By A. A. Stewart
-
- Describing the tools and materials used in locking up forms for
- the press, including some modern utilities for special purposes.
- 59 pp.; illustrated; 70 review questions; glossary.
-
- 5. =Proof Presses= By A. A. Stewart
-
- A primer of information about the customary methods and machines
- for taking printers’ proofs. 40 pp.; illustrated; 41 review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 6. =Platen Printing Presses= By Daniel Baker
-
- A primer of information regarding the history and mechanical
- construction of platen printing presses, from the original hand
- press to the modern job press, to which is added a chapter on
- automatic presses of small size. 51 pp.; illustrated; 49 review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 7. =Cylinder Printing Presses= By Herbert L. Baker
-
- Being a study of the mechanism and operation of the principal
- types of cylinder printing machines. 64 pp.; illustrated; 47
- review questions; glossary.
-
- 8. =Mechanical Feeders and Folders= By William E. Spurrier
-
- The history and operation of modern feeding and folding machines;
- with hints on their care and adjustments. Illustrated; review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 9. =Power for Machinery in Printing Houses= By Carl F. Scott
-
- A treatise on the methods of applying power to printing presses
- and allied machinery, with particular reference to electric
- drive. 53 pp.; illustrated; 69 review questions; glossary.
-
- 10. =Paper Cutting Machines= By Niel Gray, Jr.
-
- A primer of information about paper and card trimmers, hand-lever
- cutters, power cutters, and other automatic machines for cutting
- paper. 70 pp.; illustrated; 115 review questions; glossary.
-
- 11. =Printers’ Rollers= By A. A. Stewart
-
- A primer of information about the composition, manufacture, and
- care of inking rollers. 46 pp.; illustrated; 61 review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 12. =Printing Inks= By Philip Ruxton
-
- Their composition, properties and manufacture (reprinted by
- permission from Circular No. 53, United States Bureau of
- Standards); together with some helpful suggestions about the
- everyday use of printing inks by Philip Ruxton. 80 pp.; 100
- review questions; glossary.
-
- 13. =How Paper is Made= By William Bond Wheelwright
-
- A primer of information about the materials and processes of
- manufacturing paper for printing and writing. 68 pp.;
- illustrated; 62 review questions; glossary.
-
- 14. =Relief Engravings= By Joseph P. Donovan
-
- Brief history and non-technical description of modern methods of
- engraving: woodcut, zinc plate, halftone; kind of copy for
- reproduction; things to remember when ordering engravings.
- Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
-
- 15. =Electrotyping and Stereotyping= By Harris B. Hatch and A. A.
- Stewart
-
- A primer of information about the processes of electrotyping and
- stereotyping. 94 pp.; illustrated; 129 review questions;
- glossaries.
-
-
- PART II—_Hand and Machine Composition_
-
- 16. =Typesetting= By A. A. Stewart
-
- A handbook for beginners, giving information about justifying,
- spacing, correcting, and other matters relating to typesetting.
- Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
-
- 17. =Printers’ Proofs= By A. A. Stewart
-
- The methods by which they are made, marked, and corrected, with
- observations on proofreading. Illustrated; review questions;
- glossary.
-
- 18. =First Steps in Job Composition= By Camille DeVèze
-
- Suggestions for the apprentice compositor in setting his first
- jobs, especially about the important little things which go to
- make good display in typography. 63 pp.; examples; 55 review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 19. =General Job Composition=
-
- How the job compositor handles business stationery, programs and
- miscellaneous work. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
-
- 20. =Book Composition= By J. W. Bothwell
-
- Chapters from DeVinne’s “Modern Methods of Book Composition,”
- revised and arranged for this series of text-books by J. W.
- Bothwell of The DeVinne Press, New York. Part I: Composition of
- pages. Part II: Imposition of pages. 229 pp.; illustrated; 525
- review questions; glossary.
-
- 21. =Tabular Composition= By Robert Seaver
-
- A study of the elementary forms of table composition, with examples
- of more difficult composition. 36 pp.; examples; 45 review
- questions.
-
- 22. =Applied Arithmetic= By E. E. Sheldon
-
- Elementary arithmetic applied to problems of the printing trade,
- calculation of materials, paper weights and sizes, with standard
- tables and rules for computation, each subject amplified with
- examples and exercises. 159 pp.
-
- 23. =Typecasting and Composing Machines= A. W. Finlay, Editor
-
- Section I—The Linotype By L. A. Hornstein Section II—The Monotype
- By Joseph Hays Section III—The Intertype By Henry W. Cozzens
- Section IV—Other Typecasting and Typesetting Machines By Frank H.
- Smith
-
- A brief history of typesetting machines, with descriptions of their
- mechanical principles and operations. Illustrated; review
- questions; glossary.
-
-
- PART III—_Imposition and Stonework_
-
- 24. =Locking Forms for the Job Press= By Frank S. Henry
-
- Things the apprentice should know about locking up small forms,
- and about general work on the stone. Illustrated; review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 25. =Preparing Forms for the Cylinder Press= By Frank S. Henry
-
- Pamphlet and catalog imposition; margins; fold marks, etc. Methods
- of handling type forms and electrotype forms. Illustrated;
- review questions; glossary.
-
-
- PART IV—_Presswork_
-
- 26. =Making Ready on Platen Presses= By T. G. McGrew
-
- The essential parts of a press and their functions; distinctive
- features of commonly used machines. Preparing the tympan,
- regulating the impression, underlaying and overlaying, setting
- gauges, and other details explained. Illustrated; review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 27. =Cylinder Presswork= By T. G. McGrew
-
- Preparing the press; adjustment of bed and cylinder, form rollers,
- ink fountain, grippers and delivery systems. Underlaying and
- overlaying; modern over-lay methods. Illustrated; review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 28. =Pressroom Hints and Helps= By Charles L. Dunton
-
- Describing some practical methods of pressroom work, with
- directions and useful information relating to a variety of
- printing-press problems. 87 pp.; 176 review questions.
-
- 29. =Reproductive Processes of the Graphic Arts= By A. W. Elson
-
- A primer of information about the distinctive features of the
- relief, the intaglio, and the planographic processes of
- printing. 84 pp.; illustrated; 100 review questions; glossary.
-
-
- PART V—_Pamphlet and Book Binding_
-
- 30. =Pamphlet Binding= By Bancroft L. Goodwin
-
- A primer of information about the various operations employed in
- binding pamphlets and other work in the bindery. Illustrated;
- review questions; glossary.
-
- 31. =Book Binding= By John J. Pleger
-
- Practical information about the usual operations in binding books:
- folding, gathering, collating, sewing, forwarding, finishing.
- Case making and cased-in books. Hand work and machine work. Job
- and blank-book binding. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
-
-
- PART VI—_Correct Literary Composition_
-
- 32. =Word Study and English Grammar= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A primer of information about words, their relations, and their
- uses. 68 pp.; 84 review questions; glossary.
-
- 33. =Punctuation= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A primer of information about the marks of punctuation and their
- use, both grammatically and typographically. 56 pp.; 59 review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 34. =Capitals= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A primer of information about capitalization, with some practical
- typographic hints as to the use of capitals. 48 pp.; 92 review
- questions; glossary.
-
- 35. =Division of Words= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- Rules for the division of words at the ends of lines, with remarks
- on spelling, syllabication and pronunciation. 42 pp.; 70 review
- questions.
-
- 36. =Compound Words= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A study of the principles of compounding, the components of
- compounds, and the use of the hyphen. 34 pp.; 62 review
- questions.
-
- 37. =Abbreviations and Signs= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A primer of information about abbreviations and signs, with
- classified lists of those in most common use. 58 pp.; 32 review
- questions.
-
- 38. =The Uses of Italic= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A primer of information about the history and uses of italic
- letters. 31 pp.; 37 review questions.
-
- 39. =Proofreading= By Arnold Levitas
-
- The technical phases of the proofreader’s work; reading, marking,
- revising, etc.; methods of handling proofs and copy. Illustrated
- by examples. 59 pp.; 69 review questions; glossary.
-
- 40. =Preparation of Printers’ Copy= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- Suggestions for authors, editors, and all who are engaged in
- preparing copy for the composing room. 36 pp.; 67 review
- questions.
-
- 41. =Printers’ Manual of Style=
-
- A reference compilation of approved rules, usages, and suggestions
- relating to uniformity in punctuation, capitalization,
- abbreviations, numerals, and kindred features of composition.
-
- 42. =The Printer’s Dictionary= By A. A. Stewart
-
- A handbook of definitions and miscellaneous information about
- various processes of printing, alphabetically arranged.
- Technical terms explained. Illustrated.
-
-
- PART VII—_Design, Color, and Lettering_
-
- 43. =Applied Design for Printers= By Harry L. Gage
-
- A handbook of the principles of arrangement, with brief comment on
- the periods of design which have most influenced printing.
- Treats of harmony, balance, proportion, and rhythm; motion;
- symmetry and variety; ornament, esthetic and symbolic. 37
- illustrations; 46 review questions; glossary; bibliography.
-
- 44. =Elements of Typographic Design= By Harry L. Gage
-
- Applications of the principles of decorative design. Building
- material of typography: paper, types, ink, decorations and
- illustrations. Handling of shapes. Design of complete book,
- treating each part. Design of commercial forms and single units.
- Illustrations; review questions; glossary; bibliography.
-
- 45. =Rudiments of Color in Printing= By Harry L. Gage
-
- Use of color: for decoration of black and white, for broad poster
- effect, in combinations of two, three, or more printings with
- process engravings. Scientific nature of color, physical and
- chemical. Terms in which color may be discussed: hue, value,
- intensity. Diagrams in color, scales and combinations.
- Color theory of process engraving. Experiments with color.
- Illustrations in full color, and on various papers. Review
- questions; glossary; bibliography.
-
- 46. =Lettering in Typography= By Harry L. Gage
-
- Printer’s use of lettering: adaptability and decorative effect.
- Development of historic writing and lettering and its influence
- on type design. Classification of general forms in lettering.
- Application of design to lettering. Drawing for reproduction.
- Fully illustrated; review questions; glossary; bibliography.
-
- 47. =Typographic Design in Advertising= By Harry L. Gage
-
- The printer’s function in advertising. Precepts upon which
- advertising is based. Printer’s analysis of his copy. Emphasis,
- legibility, attention, color. Method of studying advertising
- typography. Illustrations; review questions; glossary:
- bibliography.
-
- 48. =Making Dummies and Layouts= By Harry L. Gage
-
- A layout: the architectural plan. A dummy: the imitation of a
- proposed final effect. Use of dummy in sales work. Use of
- layout. Function of layout man. Binding schemes for dummies.
- Dummy envelopes. Illustrations; review questions; glossary;
- bibliography.
-
-
- PART VIII—_History of Printing_
-
- 49. =Books Before Typography= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A primer of information about the invention of the alphabet and
- the history of book-making up to the invention of movable types.
- 62 pp.; illustrated; 64 review questions.
-
- 50. =The Invention of Typography= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A brief sketch of the invention of printing and how it came about.
- 64 pp.; 62 review questions.
-
- 51. =History of Printing—Part I= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A primer of information about the beginnings of printing, the
- development of the book, the development of printers’ materials,
- and the work of the great pioneers. 63 pp.; 55 review questions.
-
- 52. =History of Printing—Part II= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A brief sketch of the economic conditions of the printing industry
- from 1450 to 1789, including government regulations, censorship,
- internal conditions and industrial relations. 94 pp.; 128 review
- questions.
-
- 53. =Printing in England= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A short history of printing in England from Caxton to the present
- time. 89 pp.; 65 review questions.
-
- 54. =Printing in America= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A brief sketch of the development of the newspaper, and some notes
- on publishers who have especially contributed to printing. 98
- pp.; 84 review questions.
-
- 55. =Type and Presses in America= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A brief historical sketch of the development of type casting and
- press building in the United States. 52 pp.; 61 review
- questions.
-
-
- PART IX—_Cost Finding and Accounting_
-
- 56. =Elements of Cost in Printing= By Henry P. Porter
-
- A primer of information about all the elements that contribute to
- the cost of printing and their relation to each other. Review
- questions. Glossary.
-
- 57. =Use of a Cost System= By Henry P. Porter
-
- The Standard Cost Finding Forms and their uses. What they should
- show. How to utilize the information they give. Review
- questions. Glossary.
-
- 58. =The Printer as a Merchant= By Henry P. Porter
-
- The selection and purchase of materials and supplies for printing.
- The relation of the cost of raw material and the selling price
- of the finished product. Review questions. Glossary.
-
- 59. =Fundamental Principles of Estimating= By Henry P. Porter
-
- The estimator and his work; forms to use; general rules for
- estimating. Review questions. Glossary.
-
- 60. =Estimating and Selling= By Henry P. Porter
-
- An insight into the methods used in making estimates, and their
- relation to selling. Review questions. Glossary.
-
- 61. =Accounting for Printers= By Henry P. Porter
-
- A brief outline of an accounting system for printers; necessary
- books and accessory records. Review questions. Glossary.
-
-
- PART X—_Miscellaneous_
-
- 62. =Health, Sanitation, and Safety= By Henry P. Porter
-
- Hygiene in the printing trade; a study of conditions old and new;
- practical suggestions for improvement; protective appliances and
- rules for safety.
-
- 63. =Topical Index= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A book of reference covering the topics treated in the Typographic
- Technical Series, alphabetically arranged.
-
- 64. =Courses of Study= By F. W. Hamilton
-
- A guidebook for teachers, with outlines and suggestions for
- classroom and shop work.
-
-
-
-
- ACKNOWLEDGMENT
-
-
-This series of Typographic Text-books is the result of the splendid
-cooperation of a large number of firms and individuals engaged in the
-printing business and its allied industries in the United States of
-America.
-
-The Committee on Education of the United Typothetae of America, under
-whose auspices the books have been prepared and published, acknowledges
-its indebtedness for the generous assistance rendered by the many
-authors, printers, and others identified with this work.
-
-While due acknowledgment is made on the title and copyright pages of
-those contributing to each book, the Committee nevertheless felt that a
-group list of co-operating firms would be of interest.
-
-The following list is not complete, as it includes only those who have
-co-operated in the production of a portion of the volumes, constituting
-the first printing. As soon as the entire list of books comprising the
-Typographic Technical Series has been completed (which the Committee
-hopes will be at an early date), the full list will be printed in each
-volume.
-
-The Committee also desires to acknowledge its indebtedness to the many
-subscribers to this Series who have patiently awaited its publication.
-
- COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION,
- UNITED TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA.
-
- HENRY P. PORTER, _Chairman_,
- E. LAWRENCE FELL,
- A. M. GLOSSBRENNER,
- J. CLYDE OSWALD,
- TOBY RUBOVITS.
-
- FREDERICK W. HAMILTON, _Education Director_.
-
-
-
-
- CONTRIBUTORS
-
-
- =For Composition and Electrotypes=
-
- ISAAC H. BLANCHARD COMPANY, New York, N. Y.
-
- S. H. BURBANK & CO., Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- J. S. CUSHING & CO., Norwood, Mass.
-
- THE DEVINNE PRESS, New York, N. Y.
-
- R. R. DONNELLEY & SONS CO., Chicago, Ill.
-
- GEO. H. ELLIS CO., Boston, Mass.
-
- EVANS-WINTER-HEBB, Detroit, Mich.
-
- FRANKLIN PRINTING COMPANY, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- F. H. GILSON COMPANY, Boston, Mass.
-
- STEPHEN GREENE & CO., Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- W. F. HALL PRINTING CO., Chicago, Ill.
-
- J. B. LIPPINCOTT CO., Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- MCCALLA & CO. INC., Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- THE PATTESON PRESS, New York.
-
- THE PLIMPTON PRESS, Norwood, Mass.
-
- POOLE BROS., Chicago, Ill.
-
- EDWARD STERN & CO., Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- THE STONE PRINTING & MFG. CO., Roanoke, Va.
-
- C. D. TRAPHAGEN, Lincoln, Neb.
-
- THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, Cambridge, Mass.
-
- =For Composition=
-
- BOSTON TYPOTHETAE SCHOOL OF PRINTING, Boston, Mass.
-
- WILLIAM F. FELL CO., Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- THE KALKHOFF COMPANY, New York, N. Y.
-
- OXFORD-PRINT, Boston, Mass.
-
- TOBY RUBOVITS, Chicago, Ill.
-
- =For Electrotypes=
-
- BLOMGREN BROTHERS CO., Chicago, Ill.
-
- FLOWER STEEL ELECTROTYPING CO., New York, N. Y.
-
- C. J. PETERS & SON CO., Boston, Mass.
-
- ROYAL ELECTROTYPE CO., Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- H. C. WHITCOMB & CO., Boston, Mass.
-
- =For Engravings=
-
- AMERICAN TYPE FOUNDERS CO., Boston, Mass.
-
- C. B. COTTRELL & SONS CO., Westerly, R. I.
-
- GOLDING MANUFACTURING CO., Franklin, Mass.
-
- HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge, Mass.
-
- INLAND PRINTER CO., Chicago, Ill.
-
- LANSTON MONOTYPE MACHINE COMPANY, Philadelphia, Pa.
-
- MERGENTHALER LINOTYPE COMPANY, New York, N. Y.
-
- GEO. H. MORRILL CO., Norwood, Mass.
-
- OSWALD PUBLISHING CO., New York, N. Y.
-
- THE PRINTING ART, Cambridge, Mass.
-
- B. D. RISING PAPER COMPANY, Housatonic, Mass.
-
- THE VANDERCOOK PRESS, Chicago, Ill.
-
- =For Book Paper=
-
- AMERICAN WRITING PAPER CO., Holyoke, Mass.
-
- WEST VIRGINIA PULP & PAPER CO., Mechanicville, N. Y.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
-
-
- 1. Silently corrected typographical errors and variations in spelling.
- 2. Archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings retained as printed.
- 3. Enclosed italics font in _underscores_.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BRIEF HISTORY OF PRINTING IN
-ENGLAND ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/65596-0.zip b/old/65596-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d8547c..0000000
--- a/old/65596-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/65596-h.zip b/old/65596-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ab48d4..0000000
--- a/old/65596-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/65596-h/65596-h.htm b/old/65596-h/65596-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 17a19ee..0000000
--- a/old/65596-h/65596-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4209 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
- <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Brief History of Printing in England, by Frederick W. Hamilton</title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
- body { margin-left: 8%; margin-right: 10%; }
- h1 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: xx-large; }
- h2 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; }
- h3 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: large; }
- .pageno { right: 1%; font-size: x-small; background-color: inherit; color: silver;
- text-indent: 0em; text-align: right; position: absolute;
- border: thin solid silver; padding: .1em .2em; font-style: normal;
- font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; text-decoration: none; }
- p { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify; }
- .fss { font-size: 75%; }
- .sc { font-variant: small-caps; }
- .large { font-size: large; }
- .xlarge { font-size: x-large; }
- .small { font-size: small; }
- .xsmall { font-size: x-small; }
- .under { text-decoration: underline; }
- .lg-container-b { text-align: center; }
- .x-ebookmaker .lg-container-b { clear: both; }
- .linegroup { display: inline-block; text-align: justify; }
- .x-ebookmaker .linegroup { display: block; margin-left: 1.5em; }
- .linegroup .group { margin: 1em auto; }
- .linegroup .line { text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em; }
- div.linegroup > :first-child { margin-top: 0; }
- .linegroup .in6 { padding-left: 6.0em; }
- .dl_1 dd { text-align: justify; padding-top: .5em; padding-left: .5em;
- margin-left: 3.2em; text-indent: -1em; }
- .dl_1 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: right; width: 2.0em;
- padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
- .dl_2 dd { text-align: justify; padding-top: .5em; padding-left: .5em;
- margin-left: 2.7em; text-indent: -1em; }
- .dl_2 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: right; width: 1.5em;
- padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
- .dl_3 dd { text-align: justify; padding-top: .5em; margin-left: 10.0em;
- text-indent: -1em; }
- .dl_3 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: justify; width: 9.0em;
- padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
- .ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; }
- .x-ebookmaker .dl_1 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: right;
- width: 2.0em; padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
- .x-ebookmaker .dl_2 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: right;
- width: 1.5em; padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
- .x-ebookmaker .dl_3 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: justify;
- width: 9.0em; padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
- dl.dl_1 { margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em; }
- dl.dl_2 { margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em; }
- dl.dl_3 { margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em; }
- ol.ol_1 {padding-left: 0; margin-left: 2.78%; margin-top: .5em;
- margin-bottom: .5em; list-style-type: decimal; }
- div.pbb { page-break-before: always; }
- hr.pb { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-bottom: 1em; }
- .x-ebookmaker hr.pb { display: none; }
- .chapter { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
- .figcenter { clear: both; max-width: 100%; margin: 2em auto; text-align: center; }
- .figcenter img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
- .id001 { width:10%; }
- .x-ebookmaker .id001 { margin-left:45%; width:10%; }
- .ig001 { width:100%; }
- .table0 { margin: auto; margin-top: 2em; }
- .nf-center { text-align: center; }
- .nf-center-c0 { text-align: justify; margin: 0.5em 0; }
- p.drop-capa0_0_6 { text-indent: -0em; }
- p.drop-capa0_0_6:first-letter { float: left; margin: 0.100em 0.100em 0em 0em;
- font-size: 250%; line-height: 0.6em; text-indent: 0; }
-
- .x-ebookmaker p.drop-capa0_0_6 { text-indent: 0; }
- .x-ebookmaker p.drop-capa0_0_6:first-letter { float: none; margin: 0; font-size: 100%; }
-
- .c000 { margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c001 { margin-top: 4em; }
- .c002 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 1em; }
- .c003 { margin-top: 1em; }
- .c004 { margin-top: 2em; }
- .c005 { page-break-before:auto; margin-top: 4em; }
- .c006 { margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c007 { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c008 { text-align: center; }
- .c009 { vertical-align: top; text-align: justify; text-indent: -1em;
- padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
- .c010 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; }
- .c011 { margin-top: 2em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c012 { margin-left: 5.56%; text-indent: -2.78%; margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c013 { margin-left: 5.56%; text-indent: -2.78%; margin-top: 0.5em;
- margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c014 { page-break-before: auto; margin-top: 2em; }
- .c015 { margin-top: 1em; font-size: .9em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.25em;
- }
- .c016 { font-size: .9em; text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em;
- margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c017 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 2em; }
- div.tnotes { padding-left:1em;padding-right:1em;background-color:#E3E4FA;
- border:thin solid silver; margin:2em 10% 0 10%; font-family: Georgia, serif;
- }
- .covernote { visibility: hidden; display: none; }
- div.tnotes p { text-align: justify; }
- .x-ebookmaker .covernote { visibility: visible; display: block; }
- .figcenter {font-size: .9em; page-break-inside: avoid; max-width: 100%; }
- .x-ebookmaker img {max-height: 31em;max-width: 99%; }
- .chapter { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
- .section { page-break-before: always; }
- .ol_1 li {font-size: .9em; }
- .x-ebookmaker .ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: 0em; }
- body {font-family: Georgia, serif; text-align: justify; }
- table {font-size: .9em; padding: 1.5em .5em 1em; page-break-inside: avoid;
- clear: both; }
- div.titlepage {text-align: center; page-break-before: always;
- page-break-after: always; }
- div.titlepage p {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;
- line-height: 1.5; margin-top: 3em; }
- .ph1 { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; font-size: xx-large;
- margin: .67em auto; page-break-before: always; }
- .ph2 { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; margin: .75em auto;
- page-break-before: always; }
- .x-ebookmaker p.dropcap:first-letter { float: left; }
- .bcite {font-weight:bold; font-style: normal; }
- </style>
- </head>
- <body>
-<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Brief History of Printing in England, by Frederick W. Hamilton</div>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: A Brief History of Printing in England</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:1em;'>A Short History of Printing in England from Caxton to the Present Time</p>
-<div style='display:table; margin-bottom:1em;'>
-<div style='display:table-row'>
- <div style='display:table-cell; padding-right:0.5em'>Author:</div>
- <div style='display:table-cell'>Frederick W. Hamilton</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: June 11, 2021 [eBook #65596]</div>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div>
-<div style='display:table; margin-bottom:1em;'>
- <div style='display:table-row'>
- <div style='display:table-cell; padding-right:0.5em; white-space:nowrap;'>Produced by:</div>
- <div style='display:table-cell'>Richard Tonsing, Barbara Tozier, Bill Tozier, and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BRIEF HISTORY OF PRINTING IN ENGLAND ***</div>
-
-<div class='tnotes covernote'>
-
-<p class='c000'><strong>Transcriber’s Note:</strong></p>
-
-<p class='c000'>The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='titlepage'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
- <div><span class='under'><span class='small'>TYPOGRAPHIC TECHNICAL SERIES FOR APPRENTICES—PART VIII, NO. 53</span></span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div>
- <h1 class='c002'>A BRIEF HISTORY<br /> <i>of</i><br /> PRINTING IN ENGLAND<br /> <span class='xlarge'>A SHORT HISTORY OF PRINTING IN ENGLAND FROM CAXTON TO THE PRESENT TIME</span></h1>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c003'>
- <div>BY</div>
- <div><span class='large'>FREDERICK W. HAMILTON, LL.D.</span></div>
- <div class='c003'><span class='xsmall'>EDUCATIONAL DIRECTOR</span></div>
- <div><span class='xsmall'>UNITED TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/title.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
- <div class='nf-center'>
- <div>PUBLISHED BY THE COMMITTEE ON EDUCATION</div>
- <div>UNITED TYPOTHETAE OF AMERICA</div>
- <div>1918</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
- <div><span class='small'><span class='sc'>Copyright</span>, 1918</span></div>
- <div><span class='small'><span class='sc'>United Typothetae of America</span></span></div>
- <div><span class='small'><span class='sc'>Chicago, Ill.</span></span></div>
- <div class='c004'><span class='small'>Composition and electrotypes contributed by</span></div>
- <div><span class='small'><span class='sc'>J. B. Lippincott Company</span></span></div>
- <div><span class='small'>Philadelphia</span></div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_3'>3</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>PREFACE</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='drop-capa0_0_6 c006'>The treatment of the material used in this volume
-will be found somewhat different from that
-adopted in the two preceding. The narrower field
-of inquiry makes possible a closer following of the
-ordinary chronological method of arrangement rather
-than the topical method of the other volumes. An
-attempt is made to trace the history of printing in England
-through the centuries from Caxton to Morris and
-to include some insight into legal regulations, trade
-conditions, and industrial development generally. As
-before, it is to be remembered that this is a primer, a
-book of introductions. No attempt, therefore, is made
-to go far into details or to discuss disputed points or to
-include any considerable amount of technical detail. It
-is hoped that the reader will get a comprehensive view
-of the subject, will feel its human interest, and will
-catch some glimpse of its larger relation to the general
-history of the time.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The writer has consulted a considerable range of
-authorities, a few of the more accessible of which are
-cited in the short list of books for supplementary reading.
-Mention should be made of the very excellent
-study of John Baskerville, privately printed by Col.
-Josiah H. Benton, of Boston. This book may perhaps
-be found in the larger public libraries. Here, as always,
-it is to be regretted that although much has been written
-on the subject of printing and of the history of
-printing a good general history of the subject is still
-greatly to be desired.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_5'>5</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>CONTENTS</h2>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table0' summary=''>
- <tr><td class='c008' colspan='2'><span class='sc'>Chapter</span> I <span class='fss'>PAGE</span></td></tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The English Pioneers</span></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_7'>7</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c008' colspan='2'><span class='sc'>Chapter</span> II</td></tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Regulation of the Industry and the Company of Stationers</span></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_18'>18</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c008' colspan='2'><span class='sc'>Chapter</span> III</td></tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>John Day and the Dark Ages of English Printing</span></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_34'>34</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c008' colspan='2'><span class='sc'>Chapter</span> IV</td></tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Eighteenth Century: the Period of Transition</span></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_49'>49</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr><td class='c008' colspan='2'><span class='sc'>Chapter</span> V</td></tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Whittinghams and the Modern Book</span></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_68'>68</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Supplementary Reading</span></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_76'>76</a></td>
- </tr>
- <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
- <tr>
- <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Review Questions</span></td>
- <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_77'>77</a></td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div><span class='pageno' id='Page_7'>7</span></div>
-<div class='chapter ph1'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
- <div>PRINTING IN ENGLAND</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div>
- <h2 class='c005'>CHAPTER I<br /> <span class='large'><span class='sc'>The English Pioneers</span></span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='drop-capa0_0_6 c006'>England was slow to take up printing and slow
-and backward in the development of it. It was
-25 years after the invention of printing before any
-printing was done in England. It was many years
-after that before the work of the English printers could
-compare with that done on the continent. The reason
-for this is to be found in the conditions of the country
-itself. Although the two great universities had long
-been in existence, Oxford dating back to 1167 and Cambridge
-to 1209, England as a whole was a backward
-country. In culture and the refinements of civilization,
-as well as in many more practical things, England was
-not so far advanced as the rest of Europe nor was it to
-be so for many years to come.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>England at this time was an agricultural and grazing
-country. A colony of Flemings had been brought over
-to start the cloth industry. There was still, nevertheless,
-a large export of wool to Flanders, which was there
-woven and sent back as cloth. The English nobles
-lived largely on their estates, looking after their tenants,
-hunting for diversion, and doing a little fighting
-occasionally when life became otherwise unbearably
-uninteresting. They were not an educated class and
-the peasantry were profoundly ignorant. The cities
-which, as always, depended upon manufacture and commerce
-were just beginning to grow, with the exception
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_8'>8</span>of some of the seaport towns which were already prosperous
-and wealthy.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Not only was this general condition true, but there
-were special conditions which rendered the middle of
-the fifteenth century unfavorable to culture and to the
-introduction of a new invention auxiliary to culture.
-In 1450 England was shaken and horrified by the bloody
-insurrection of peasants, with its attendant outrages,
-known as Jack Cade’s Revolt. Scarcely had order been
-restored when a disputed succession to the crown
-plunged the country into the bloody civil war between
-the adherents of the Houses of York and Lancaster,
-known as the Wars of the Roses. This period of civil
-strife lasted for thirty years and affected the general
-welfare of England very seriously. It was especially
-marked by mortality among the noblest families in the
-realm, many of which were actually exterminated.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Some time within this bloody half-century the art of
-printing was introduced into England. There is in
-existence a book printed in Oxford and dated on the
-title page 1468. Upon the existence of this book, and
-upon a somewhat doubtful legend, has been built a
-claim that English printing originated in Oxford. This
-claim, however, has practically ceased to be maintained.
-The legend appears to be baseless, and it has
-been generally concluded that the date is a misprint
-and that it should be 1478, an X having been dropped
-in writing the Roman date, a not uncommon error in
-publications of this period. Historians have now generally
-agreed that the introduction of printing in England
-is due to William Caxton, one of the most interesting
-figures in the whole annals of printing.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Caxton was born in the Weald, or wooded land, of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_9'>9</span>Kent, a place of simple people and uncouth speech,
-about 1421. As a boy he was apprenticed to Robert
-Large, a prominent mercer or silk merchant of London.
-On the death of Large, not many years later, Caxton
-went to Bruges, in Belgium, then part of the territory
-of the Dukes of Burgundy, and became connected with
-the so-called English “Nation” or “House.” This was
-a chartered company of merchant adventurers similar
-to the companies which later settled certain portions of
-North America and to the famous East India Company.
-Caxton appears to have been successful in business and
-became Governor of the English “Nation” in 1462.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Bruges was at this time a city of wealth and culture,
-the Flemings being far in advance of the English in
-this respect. Life in these surroundings caused Caxton
-to become interested in reading and good literature,
-and in 1467 he undertook a translation into English
-of a collection of stories of Troy, or as he called it
-“Recuyell of the Historyes of Troye.” Shortly after
-this, Margaret, sister of Edward IV of England, married
-the Duke of Burgundy and came to Bruges to live.
-Caxton immediately came into friendly relations with
-the Duchess, who shortly after gave him a position in
-her personal service. It is not quite clear what this
-position was. It has been supposed by some that the
-purpose of the Duchess was to enable Caxton to pursue
-his literary labors with the special end of making continental
-literature known to the English through translation.
-A more probable supposition, however, is that
-he was the confidential business adviser to the Duchess.
-It is a well-known fact that royal personages at this
-period engaged freely in trade and that sometimes they
-engaged in extensive commercial transactions with other
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_10'>10</span>royal personages although trade between their two countries
-might be strictly prohibited by law, as was the
-case with England and Flanders during part of the reign
-of Edward IV. At an early period of their friendship
-Caxton showed the Duchess Margaret his unfinished
-translation of the Troy stories. Fortunately for the
-world, the Duchess was a friendly but candid critic.
-She saw both the strength and the weakness of Caxton’s
-work, and while she took him to task roundly
-for his rough and poor English she encouraged and
-commanded him to complete his translation and at the
-same time improve himself in English. Caxton thereupon
-renewed his work and completed the translation
-of the Troy stories at Cologne in 1471.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Caxton was immediately besieged with demands for
-copies of his translations, which, of course, he was unable
-to furnish, although he appears to have worked at
-it until time, strength, and eyesight failed. He thereupon
-determined to learn the new art of printing so that
-he might by that means multiply copies of this and other
-works which he might execute. Unquestionably he saw
-printing presses in operation in Cologne. It has been
-claimed that he learned to print there, and this claim
-receives some support from an ambiguous statement
-attributed to him many years later by Wynkyn de
-Worde. It is possible that Caxton may have worked
-a little in one of the Cologne printing offices, but it seems
-clear on internal evidence that Mr. Blades is right in his
-conclusion that Caxton did not learn the art there. The
-early printed work of Caxton is by no means equal to that
-of the Cologne printers, and represents an earlier stage
-of development than that which had been reached by
-Cologne at this period. Many of the compositor’s
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_11'>11</span>methods which were familiar to the Cologne printers of
-1470 did not appear in Caxton’s books until years later.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On Caxton’s return from Cologne he associated himself
-with one Colard Mansion, who for a few years unsuccessfully
-attempted to carry on a printing business
-at Bruges. The probability is that Caxton learned the
-art during this association with Mansion. The association
-was terminated in 1476 by the bankruptcy of
-Mansion. During this period, however, Caxton and
-Mansion published five books, two in English and three
-in French. The first to be published, and the first book
-to be printed in English anywhere, was the translation
-of the Troy stories. One of the other books was the first
-book that was ever printed in French. It is interesting
-to note that the first book to be printed in French was
-done by an Englishman in Flanders.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1476 Caxton withdrew entirely from his business
-connections in Bruges, went to England, taking with
-him his presses, type, and workmen, and opened a
-printing office within the precincts of Westminster
-Abbey. It has often been stated that Caxton’s printing
-office was in the abbey building itself, but this is
-undoubtedly an error. English abbeys and cathedrals
-are commonly surrounded by a considerable extent of
-ground called a “close.” Within this “close” are
-dwelling houses and not infrequently shops. The entire
-property belongs to and is controlled by the abbey
-or cathedral authorities. Caxton’s shop appears to
-have been in a building known as the “Red Pale”
-within the abbey “close.” Caxton continued to print
-here until his death in 1491.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Within this period he printed ninety-three books
-and perhaps eight or ten more whose attribution is
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_12'>12</span>uncertain. Of these ninety-three, fifteen ran to two
-editions and three of the fifteen ran to three editions.
-Caxton was a good business man and was
-probably possessed of considerable capital when he
-began. He not only made the business pay, but took
-advantage of his somewhat independent position financially
-to lead and create the popular taste instead of
-following it. Caxton was thoroughly English. He
-knew his people and knew what they would take and
-he printed accordingly. He did a good business in
-service books, school books, and statutes or public
-printing. These were what we should call to-day “pot
-boilers” and kept his office going on a sound business
-basis. Beyond that he printed a large number of works of
-good literature, but he took no unnecessary chances even
-in this field. He always endeavored either to get the financial
-backing of some wealthy noble or to assure himself of
-a reasonable sale before he undertook a new publication.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the field of literature his work was different from
-that of almost any other printer of his time. He printed
-no Bibles. Latin Bibles could easily be imported from
-the continent, probably cheaper than he could print
-them. English Bibles were not permitted to be printed
-unless the English translation had been made before
-the appearance of Wickliffe’s Bible in 1380. There were
-translations into English before Wickliffe, as well as a
-considerable number of later date, but with the loose
-and uncertain dating of manuscripts the printing of an
-English Bible was altogether a more risky proposition
-than Caxton cared to undertake. He printed no works
-on theology. There was no demand for theology in
-English, and theology in Latin and Greek could be
-cheaply imported. Moreover, although Caxton was a
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_13'>13</span>profoundly religious man and a perfectly loyal son of
-the Church, he appears to have had no personal interest
-in theology whatever. For similar reasons he printed no
-edition of the Fathers and only two volumes of the
-classics. He left all of these matters to the importers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>His field of publication was the putting before the
-public of good, recent literature in the English language.
-He did this partly through printing the works
-of Chaucer, Langland, and other good English authors
-and partly through translation of works in French and
-Latin. He was very much interested in English history
-and works relating to England, publishing several of
-the old chronicles and other matters of this sort. He
-believed that there was great help to be found in reading
-stories of good women and brave men and he attempted
-to lay a store of such stories before his readers.
-His own translations cover over five thousand closely
-printed folio pages, but he had many other translations
-made for him. He was a good linguist in French, Flemish,
-and Latin and a tireless worker at his literary and
-business labors. He meant that everything which he
-printed should be helpful to his readers and should
-make for the betterment of the life of his time, although
-he would have been the first to disclaim the title of
-reformer or missionary.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Two notable instances of his literary honesty appear.
-After the publication of his first edition of Chaucer, an
-acquaintance came to him and called his attention to
-the fact that he had followed a very imperfect manuscript.
-His friend said that his father had a very fine
-manuscript and Caxton at once arranged for a loan of
-it. Finding that through following an imperfect text
-he had omitted many things from Chaucer’s text and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_14'>14</span>inserted many others which did not belong there, he
-at once printed a correct edition, probably at very
-serious loss to himself. The unsold copies of the first
-edition became useless and the cost of a second edition
-was equal to the first, as the work had to be entirely
-done over again from the beginning. The other instance
-must be judged by the standards of his time
-rather than ours, but showed his desire to present only
-correct texts to his readers. Caxton published in 1483
-a translation of John Mink’s “Liber Festivalis.” An
-independent translation was published at Oxford in
-1487. A few years later Caxton published a second
-edition, but followed the Oxford text rather than his
-own earlier translation.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Personally Caxton is a most interesting figure, a
-sturdy, honest, high-minded, common-sensible English
-gentleman, a man who loved and served God,
-honored the King, and helped his neighbor to the best
-of his ability, and who did his country an inestimable
-service not only by the introduction of a new art but
-by the opening of a new field of literature.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Caxton’s printing was not remarkable for typographical
-excellence. He used soft type and thin ink, very
-much to the detriment of the beauty of his impressions.
-The first type which he used was a font of black letter
-made in imitation of the handwriting of the Burgundian
-clerks of the time. This font had belonged
-to Mansion and was probably obtained by Caxton
-from Mansion’s creditors. Later he cut for himself
-several other fonts, some authorities say five, some
-seven. All of his fonts were black-letter Gothic and
-all more or less related to the Burgundian script
-with which he began. He used / instead of commas
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_15'>15</span>and periods. He had a habit of correcting typographical
-errors by hand after the books were finished. He
-went over the first copy, making the corrections himself,
-and afterward the other copies were made to conform
-by clerks or apprentices.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>While Caxton was at work a few other printers made
-their appearance in England. Some time before 1478
-Theodoric Rood, of Cologne, opened a printing office at
-Oxford. The office was open for about eight years, but
-seems to have done only a small business. We have fifteen
-books which are known to have come from this press.
-They were printed from three different fonts of type.
-Two of them were good letters imported from Cologne.
-About 1487 Rood disappeared and is supposed to have
-gone back to Cologne. In 1479 a press was started at
-the abbey of St. Albans. This press published eight
-books that we know of, all for church use or the direct
-use of the abbey. These books were printed from four
-fonts of type, two of which are identical with two of Caxton’s.
-It is possible that this was a side enterprise of
-Caxton’s, although it is equally possible that the abbey
-may have bought the type of Caxton or obtained the
-use of his matrices or even hired some type of him.
-The conclusions based on apparent identity of type-faces
-are always doubtful, as this identity may be accounted
-for in a considerable number of ways.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1480 a printer appeared in London named John
-Lettou. Lettou was evidently not an Englishman, but
-his origin is unknown. The word Lettou is an old form
-of Lithuania. Attempts have been made to identify
-him with certain continental printers, but as these
-attempts rest on similarities of type-face they are uncertain.
-Soon after his appearance Lettou was associated
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_16'>16</span>with William Machlinia or de Machlinia (William
-of Mechlin or Malines in Belgium). Machlinia made a
-specialty of law books. The business was later taken
-over by Richard Pynson. None of these made any
-particular contribution to typography. Their interest
-lies chiefly in the fact that they were the beginners of
-English printing.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There was no successor to carry on Caxton’s traditions
-of scholarship, of literary taste, or even of craftsmanship.
-Caxton, as we have said, was a successful
-business man before he became a printer and was
-doubtless financially independent during the whole of his
-later life. His successors were men who were dependent
-entirely upon their craft for their livelihood. Caxton’s
-immediate successors were two, Wynkyn de Worde, a
-native of Lorraine, and Richard Pynson, a native of
-Normandy. Both of these men appear to have learned
-their trade with Caxton. Wynkyn de Worde carried
-on the business after Caxton’s death. De Worde
-appears to have been a man of very little education.
-Pynson was a graduate of the University of Paris, but
-he never became at home in the English language.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>De Worde carried on the Caxton business from 1491
-to 1534, at first in Caxton’s own shop, afterward in
-London (Westminster and London have now grown
-together, but at that time they were a considerable distance
-apart). During this time De Worde published over
-six hundred books. His books were cheap and poor in
-every way. De Worde was slow to start publishing.
-He published almost nothing for a couple of years after
-Caxton’s death. He appears to have lacked initiative
-and probably lacked capital. He seems to have discovered
-that there was money in cheap publications of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_17'>17</span>a sort that catered to the popular taste, and he diligently
-worked that line of business. He appears to
-have made money, but cannot be credited with any
-higher type of success. He hired translators and editors
-and he evidently hired cheap ones, as the editorial
-work on his books is not good.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Pynson printed from 1492 to 1529. He did a much
-higher class of work than De Worde, although he is by
-no means eminent for his typography. He made less
-money than De Worde, but appears to have kept out
-of financial difficulties. His publications were mostly
-law books. He took over the business of Lettou and
-Machlinia, but had specialized in law books on becoming
-printer to the king in 1510. Pynson introduced
-the use of roman type in 1509, although it was some
-time before it displaced the gothic in common use.
-In 1523 to 1525 he printed Lord Berners’s translation
-of the “Chronicle” of Froissart. In literature this is
-a notable event. Froissart was really the first modern
-historian. The book marks the transition from the
-dry chronicles of the Middle Ages to history proper.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Robert Copeland, who began to print about 1514, is
-notable as being probably the first English printer, that
-is to say, the first native-born Englishman to go into
-the business.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>One of the few good printers of this early period was
-Thomas Berthelet or Bartlett. Berthelet was a Welshman
-and was an excellent bookbinder as well as a good
-printer. He was the first man in England to use gold tooling
-on his binding. Berthelet enjoyed the position of
-royal printer. Richard Grafton and Edward Whitchurch
-were the first printers of English Bibles, which began
-to appear about the middle of the sixteenth century.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_18'>18</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>CHAPTER II<br /> <span class='large'><span class='sc'>The Regulation of the Industry and the Company of Stationers</span></span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='drop-capa0_0_6 c006'>The middle of the sixteenth century marks a distinct
-change in English printing. Up to this time
-the industry in England had been neither organized,
-regulated, nor censored. It had been conducted
-under conditions of freedom almost identical with those
-which exist to-day, a state of things entirely anomalous
-in that period. The quality of English printing in this
-period was generally very poor. In spite, however, of
-the poor workmanship, there lingers something of the
-old craftsman spirit. Although the books show glaring
-imperfections, they also show a certain dignity and
-harmony which is reminiscent of the spirit of the old
-craftsmen. In detail, however, the work was poor both
-in composition and presswork. It showed an almost
-entire lack of originality. Types, wood-cuts, initials,
-ornaments, and even the printer’s devices were not
-only bought from the continent of Europe but bought
-second-hand and used long after signs of wear had
-become painfully evident. Wood-cuts especially were
-not only over-used but misused. They were not infrequently
-inserted with absolute disregard of the text.
-The printers not only stuck in pictures which had no
-bearing whatever upon the subject matter, but they
-used the same picture more than once in the same book.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The reason for this is to be found in the fact that
-the proprietors of the large shops were intent on profit
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_19'>19</span>and the proprietors of the small shops had no capital.
-The experience of Wynkyn de Worde had shown that
-the way to make money was by printing popular books
-which could be sold cheap, and his successors learned
-the lesson only too rapidly. There was no effective
-demand for good printing. The smaller printers had
-to buy such materials as they could afford and compete
-as best they could.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>From about 1525, which will be recalled as the date
-of the publication of Froissart’s “Chronicle,” there
-was a change in the demand for books. The revival
-of learning was beginning to make itself felt in England.
-The influence of Erasmus on the intellectual
-life of the age was very great. This influence was
-especially felt in England because Erasmus had himself
-spent considerable time there and was a friend of
-John Colet, Dean of St. Paul’s, who was not only an
-influential clergyman but a very great scholar. England
-was also beginning to feel the stirrings of philosophical
-and religious discussion. There was a great
-demand for educational books to meet the needs of
-the scholars and there began to be a great output of
-controversial literature. Wynkyn de Worde sometimes
-printed three or four editions of the same Latin grammar
-in one year, so great was the demand for educational
-books.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Up to the middle of the century, however, very
-little original work was printed in England, or at any
-rate is now extant. The popular demand was for reprints
-of old books and for translations of French poems
-and romances. The classics and other works of more
-serious literature were commonly imported. There was
-also a considerable amount of printing for the English
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_20'>20</span>trade done on the continent. Not content with furnishing
-the English with books in Greek and Latin and
-the modern languages, some of the continental printers
-did a flourishing trade in the printing of books in English.
-Their work was generally better and cheaper than
-that of the English printers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>As has already been said, English printing was left
-very much alone up to 1557 excepting that privileges
-were granted by the crown rather freely. Beginning
-with the privileges to print statutes and law books, the
-practice spread until by the middle of the sixteenth century
-practically all profitable printing was covered by
-privilege.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>During this period, and indeed for several centuries
-later, the industry was free from labor troubles. The
-reason, however, is to be found in the peculiar situation
-which existed under English law. Under English
-common law all combinations of workmen were considered
-as contrary to public policy, regarded as combinations
-in restraint of trade, and dealt with very
-harshly. A single workman might work or refuse to
-work for whatever pay or under whatever conditions
-he pleased, but an agreement of two or more on this
-basis, that is to combine for pay, hours, and the like,
-was a criminal conspiracy. Not only were any agreements
-such a group of men might make absolutely
-void, but the very fact of entering such a combination
-was itself a criminal offence. From the reign of Edward
-I (1272–1307) to George IV (1820–1830) thirty or
-forty acts of Parliament, commonly called “Statutes
-of Laborers,” were passed on this basis. The reënactment
-of legislation on this subject from time to time
-was not caused, as is usual in such cases, by the ineffectiveness
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_21'>21</span>of the legislation but by the necessity of
-meeting special conditions which were created by visitations
-of the plague, wars, and other events having
-far-reaching industrial effects.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The development of the factory system of production,
-beginning about the middle of the eighteenth century,
-with the consequent gathering of great groups of
-workmen in certain localities and the rapid increase in
-the town population, rendered a continuance of the old
-regulations more and more difficult. The laws against
-combinations of workmen were evaded by the organization
-of secret societies, while the displacement of
-large numbers of hand workers by the introduction of
-machinery caused serious labor troubles and rioting.
-Other conditions too familiar to need description arose
-which caused friction between the workmen and their
-employers. Attempts were made at first to put a stop
-to the combinations of the workmen by more and more
-stringent legislation. This proving unsuccessful, the
-legislation was modified in the direction of leniency.
-Gradually the unions won their way to recognition,
-although this recognition was developed in the slow
-and inconsistent way which is common with English
-legislation.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1875 the whole matter was put on a new basis by
-the legal acceptance of the principle that it is lawful
-for any combination of men to do any act which it
-would be lawful for either of them to do singly. This,
-of course, was a reversal of the fundamental principle
-of more than six hundred years of labor legislation, that
-it was not lawful for a combination of men to do things
-which any one of them might lawfully do. Since that
-time the unions have rapidly won their way to full
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_22'>22</span>recognition and to great importance in the industry. In
-England to-day practically all trades are very thoroughly
-unionized. The printing industry is no exception.
-Union membership is much more universal among the
-workmen in the industry than it is in the United States.
-This development of organization among the workmen
-has been accompanied by a development of strong
-organizations of employers in all industries. To-day
-practically all industrial bargaining in England is collective
-bargaining carried on between associated employers
-and associated employees.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The same difficulties arising out of lack of regulation
-which had vexed the industry on the continent
-had made themselves felt in England, but with their
-usual good sense the English attacked the problem at
-a very early period. Nearly sixty years before the
-organization of the Community of Printers in France,
-in 1618, the English had put printing in line with the
-other industries by the organization of the Stationers’
-Company in 1557, the last year of Queen Mary I.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The organization of the Stationers was by no means
-an innovation. It was rather the legalizing and regularizing
-of a condition which had risen under the familiar
-conditions of English industry. As early as 1403
-we find the guild or fraternity of scriveners. This
-guild or fraternity developed into the “Craft” of stationers,
-influential in fixing and controlling trade customs.
-The growth of the craft or trade guilds in England
-was not unlike that of similar organizations in
-Europe. Their control of the situation, however, seems
-to have been even more close than elsewhere. An ordinance
-of Edward II (1307–1327) compelled every citizen
-of a town to be a member of some craft or mystery.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_23'>23</span>In 1375 the election of the city officials of London
-was turned over to the craft guilds or, as they were
-termed, liveried companies. The liveried companies
-were so called because each had a distinctive dress
-which was worn on formal occasions. From this time
-on the liveried companies controlled the political and
-municipal power of London for several centuries, electing
-the Lord Mayor and Aldermen, controlling the
-train-bands, or city militia, and to a great extent holding
-the defence of the kingdom in their hands. About
-seventy-six of these companies still continue to exist.
-They survive mainly for charitable and philanthropic
-purposes, conserving and administering the large funds
-which were accumulated in early centuries.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Stationers’ Company was organized in 1557
-partly because the printers saw the necessity for organization
-and regulation of the industry, and partly because
-the crown desired a better means for controlling
-printing than had theretofore existed. It will be remembered
-that this was in the midst of the age of
-religious controversy. King Henry VIII had attempted
-to set himself up as the head of a national church which
-was not Protestant and at the same time did not
-acknowledge allegiance to the Pope. King Henry executed
-with great impartiality both those who defended
-the ecclesiastical supremacy of the Pope and those
-who professed Protestant opinions. His successor,
-King Edward VI, was a Protestant and attempted to
-make England Protestant. His short reign was followed
-by that of Mary I, who was a Catholic and attempted
-to make England Catholic. Her comparatively
-short reign was followed by the long reign of Elizabeth,
-in whose time Protestantism became the established
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_24'>24</span>state church of England. It will be remembered that
-it was near the close of Mary’s reign that the Stationers’
-Company was chartered, and the interest of
-the crown in securing a better control of the printing
-press and its output is obvious. In 1560, the second
-year of Elizabeth, the incorporation of the Stationers’
-Company was rendered complete by the enrolment
-of the new company in the list of the liveried companies
-of London, and we shall presently see that the royal
-hand was laid heavily upon the printers and their work.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Stationers’ Company was organized in the usual
-form, with its administration in the hands of a Master
-and two Wardens. The terms of the charter gave the
-company authority to govern the trade and to enforce
-its regulations by the exercise of the right of visitation
-and disciplinary control over its members. This
-extended not only to the enforcement of the regulations
-of the Company but also to the enforcement of
-royal proclamations and injunctions, and decrees of
-the Star Chamber.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Star Chamber, frequently mentioned in English
-history in general, as well as in the history of English
-printing, was a special court of high officials. The
-powers and jurisdiction of this court were somewhat
-vague and undefined. Theoretically it was intended
-to deal with matters which could not be adequately
-dealt with by the regular courts because of the necessity
-of immediate action, the important nature of the
-case, or other conditions which made the action of the
-ordinary courts too slow or not sufficiently effective.
-Naturally the existence of such a court opened the
-way to serious abuses, and alleged abuses of its authority
-played a very large part in the Revolution by which
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_25'>25</span>King Charles I lost his head. As a result of these revolutionary
-movements, the court was discontinued in
-1641, after an existence of at least three hundred years.
-It is supposed to have derived its name from the fact
-that the ceiling of the room it sat in in early times was
-decorated with stars.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After the organization of the Stationers’ Company
-the exercise of the trade was limited to its members.
-The Company was required to keep registers giving
-the names of the Masters and Wardens, of all the members
-of the Company and their apprentices, and of all
-who “took up freedom,” that is to say, became members
-of the Company from time to time. All books
-printed were required to be registered with the Company
-and a copy deposited in the archives accompanied
-by a fee. This was the beginning of copyright. It was
-understood that the members of the Company should
-respect each others’ rights to publications thus registered,
-although it appears to have been a “gentleman’s
-agreement” rather than a regulation. This requirement
-did not apply to books which were published
-under royal privilege, but the members of the Company
-were bound to respect these privileges and not
-in any way infringe upon the rights which they conferred.
-The requirement of registration did not apply
-to the king’s printers in so far as their patent for the
-royal printing extended; that is to say, the royal printer
-was not required to register statutes, law books, or other
-government printing, but he was required to register
-all general publications. This legislation requiring
-registration was not always strictly enforced.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The powers of the Company were used much more
-for the regulation and control of printing than for the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_26'>26</span>improvement of the art. It was to the Company that
-the government looked particularly for the enforcement
-of the statutes regarding printing. For that
-reason, if a book were of doubtful character and liable
-to be prohibited the publisher preferred to run the
-chance of attempting to evade the regulation regarding
-registration. Fortunately the registers of the Company
-containing the records of all their transactions
-are for the most part still in existence. They furnish
-an immense fund of valuable information extending
-over a very long period.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Stationers’ Company included the printers, bookbinders,
-type-founders, and booksellers. It had ninety-seven
-charter members. A few of the London printers
-are known not to have joined the Company when it was
-organized. Why they stood out we do not know. Very
-likely it was simply the usual assertion of British independence
-and impatience of control. The requirement
-of membership in the Company as a requisite to carrying
-on the business was not enforced with regard to
-those printers who were in business when the Company
-was chartered, its application being restricted to those
-who might thereafter desire to enter the business. Some
-of the independents afterwards joined the Company.
-The remainder stayed out permanently.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The organization of the Company was not in itself
-sufficient to secure the desired control of the industry.
-As has already been pointed out, an immense flood of
-printed matter was being brought out on account of
-the bitter religious and political controversies of the
-time. Most of it was very poor printing. The end
-desired was to get it out as quickly as possible and as
-cheaply as possible. Much of it was objectionable to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_27'>27</span>the government and the organization of the Company
-was immediately followed up by repressive legislation.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1558 Queen Elizabeth laid the foundation of legislation
-for the control of the press by issuing “injunctions”
-which required that every book should be licensed
-either by the Queen or by the members of the
-Privy Council, by the Archbishop of Canterbury, by
-the Chancellor of one of the two universities, or by
-other authorities specified in the act. Frequent proclamations
-and orders show that the injunctions were
-not obeyed. It may be laid down as a fundamental
-principle in the study of history that the frequent repetition
-of legislation on any one subject shows that the
-subject is considered very important by the government
-and that the legislation is not effective. So seriously
-was this matter regarded by the government
-that very extreme measures were adopted in dealing
-with offending printers. One William Carter, for
-instance, who had been several times punished for
-breach of the printing regulations, finally printed a
-seditious book, “a treatise of schisme,” for which he
-was tried for high treason, condemned to death and
-hanged, disembowelled, and quartered according to the
-ghastly custom of that time.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By way of further tightening of the regulations a
-Star Chamber decree was issued in 1586 much more
-strict than any preceding order. By the provisions of
-this decree all presses then working had to be reported
-in the same way as already provided. No presses
-whatever were allowed outside of London, excepting
-one each at Oxford and Cambridge. Previous to the
-charter of the Company provincial presses had been
-started at Oxford, York, Cambridge, Abingdon, Tavistock,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_28'>28</span>St. Albans, Bristol, Ipswich, Canterbury, and
-Norwich, in the order named. These, of course, were
-all swept away by this act excepting those of Oxford
-and Cambridge. No more presses were to be permitted
-until the number in use had been reduced to a number
-which should be pronounced sufficient for the needs of
-the kingdom by the Archbishop of Canterbury and
-the Bishop of London. Vacancies in the number of
-licensed printers were to be filled by three stationers
-(members of the Company) who would be nominated
-by the Company and licensed by an ecclesiastical commission.
-The censorship, both ecclesiastical and lay,
-was developed and enforced by further provisions of
-the act.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>These are the conditions under which that great
-literature which is known as Elizabethan literature
-was created and published. It seems incredible that
-such literature could have been produced under such
-conditions. The fact that it was so produced seems
-to show that the censors made a conscientious attempt
-to enforce the legislation in such a way as to prevent
-the actual abuse of the printing press and to protect
-the government from danger arising from these sources,
-while leaving pure literature as free as the conditions
-permitted. Of course, we of to-day regard any system
-of press censorship as wrong and cannot approve
-any such legislation. It is worth while, however, to
-remember that these men made an earnest effort to
-live up to the moral and political standards of their
-own time.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the execution of this edict the Stationers’ Company
-made weekly official visits to every shop. These
-visitations were intended to ascertain:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_29'>29</span>1. How many presses each printer possessed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>2. What he printed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>3. How many impressions were taken of each piece
-of work.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>4. How many workmen and apprentices there were
-in each plant.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>5. Whether unauthorized persons were employed or
-allowed to remain about the plant.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The regulations of the edict and also the private
-regulations of the Company seem to have been enforced
-at this time with all the thoroughness in the
-power of the Company. The registers show that its
-officers frequently seized and destroyed editions of
-unlicensed books and in other ways enforced the edicts
-against all persons. Its own members were frequently
-disciplined. The registers show discipline for printing
-an unlicensed book, for selling a prayer book of Edward
-VI in place of one of Elizabeth, for infringing a copyright,
-for printing indecent or offensive matters, for
-selling books to other than book-shops, for selling books
-“disorderly printed,” for keeping open on Sundays
-and festival days, and for keeping unregistered apprentices.
-The phrase “disorderly printed” appears to
-refer to the careless and inaccurate printing of the books
-rather than to the nature of their contents. The printing
-standards of the time were not high, but this would
-appear to indicate a disposition to maintain them,
-such as they were. The punishment for selling to other
-than book shops is interesting as showing that at that
-early period the book trade suffered from one of the
-things which to-day causes much complaint among
-booksellers. Sales by department stores, drug stores,
-and other parties disposed to cut rates are regarded as
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_30'>30</span>serious difficulties in the book trade of to-day and it is
-evident that the same difficulty occurred three hundred
-and fifty years ago.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The difficulties of the printers were by no means
-limited to those created by the edicts or regulations.
-One of the great sources of difficulty lay in the privileges
-and monopolies which had been recklessly granted
-for a considerable period. These privileges had a most
-unfortunate effect upon the industry both on the side
-of business and on that of craftsmanship. On the side
-of business they gave to certain printers a monopoly
-of practically all of the work which was certain to produce
-good financial returns, leaving to the unprivileged
-printers the doubtful enterprise of producing current
-literature. On the side of craftsmanship they took
-away the spur of competition. The greater part of
-the literature of this period was produced by unprivileged
-printers, most of it with very little profit to them.
-On the other hand, the privileged printer, being secured
-in his monopoly of a certain kind of production, was
-not held to any artistic standards. Competition being
-impossible, he could print as cheaply and as badly as
-he chose and generally did so. In both directions the
-effect was paralyzing.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Naturally the unprivileged printers were constantly
-tempted to infringe upon the monopoly rights of the
-others, with the result that there was constant friction
-and appeals to authority were taken on both sides.
-The matter finally came to a head in a serious revolt
-of the unprivileged printers under the leadership of
-one John Wolfe. Wolfe was a member of the Fishmongers’
-Company, but had undertaken to do printing
-and declared boldly that he proposed to lead a movement
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_31'>31</span>which would revolutionize the entire situation.
-The revolt was sufficiently serious to bring about a
-compromise by which a considerable number of privileges
-were given up entirely or turned over to the
-Company to be re-distributed by them among the
-printers. The extent to which these privileges were
-granted may be seen by the fact that John Day, of
-whom we shall hear more presently, alone gave up fifty-three
-privileges, although he kept several of the most
-important and profitable ones. Wolfe transferred his
-membership from the Fishmongers’ to the Stationers’
-Company. As a member of the Stationers’ Company
-he obtained certain privileges for himself and it is interesting
-to note that not long afterward the registers of
-the Company show Wolfe appealing because somebody
-had infringed upon a privilege of his. Wolfe rose to
-become an officer of the Company and distinguished
-himself as a prosecutor of offending printers and a
-staunch upholder of law and order.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The natural result of the reduction of the number
-of offices under the edict of 1586 was that the trade
-was seriously overmanned and there were too many
-apprentices, as the reduction in the number of offices
-did not affect the number of either journeymen or
-apprentices. The Company dealt with the matter in
-a rather successful fashion by an order issued in 1587.
-This order limited the number of apprentices and
-attempted to make as much work as possible for the
-journeymen. It provided that no apprentice should
-be allowed to work in either the composing room or
-the press room if there were any competent journeymen
-in need of work. When we remember the small
-number of offices in London and the fact that there
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_32'>32</span>were only two in England outside of London, we can
-readily see that this order was not so difficult of enforcement
-as might appear. No form was to be kept
-standing to the injury of workmen. The meaning of
-this is clearer when we remember that all composition
-at this time was hand composition and that stereotyping
-and other methods of preserving forms were not known
-and consequently a reprint or re-issue was, excepting
-for absence of editorial work, a new job. If there was
-expectation that a new reprint might soon be required
-and the printer had the type to spare he might leave
-a form standing and so avoid the labor of recomposition.
-This regulation meant that as soon as the first
-impression was taken the type must be distributed so
-that in case of reprinting the compositor would have
-a new job. For like reasons the number of copies to
-be printed was limited in ordinary cases to 1250 or
-1500, so that if the book proved to be popular work
-might be provided in setting up repeated editions.
-These regulations seem to have been reasonably successful
-so far as the journeymen were concerned, but,
-of course, they materially increased the price of books.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The period of apprenticeship was from seven to
-eleven years. It was intended that apprenticeship
-should end at 24, and the length of the apprenticeship
-depended upon the age at which it was begun. At the
-end of the apprenticeship the indenture required that
-the master should make the apprentice free of the Company
-“if he have well and truely served.” As the limit
-of membership of the Company was only about 25,
-for a long period only about one-half of the apprentices
-ever became masters; the rest of them remained permanently
-in the position of journeymen. As elsewhere
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_33'>33</span>in Europe, the apprentice might become heir to the
-business and the place in the Company by marrying
-either the daughter or the widow of a master printer.
-Apparently the business went to the widow rather
-than to the daughter if the widow survived. Widows
-even seem to have taken the business in preference to
-sons. Consequently the widow of a master printer was
-a very desirable match for an ambitious apprentice in
-spite of any difference in age, and several instances
-are recorded where a business changed hands twice by
-successive re-marriages of the widow.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There was a strong tendency, which we shall discuss
-more at length later, for the bookseller to get control
-of the situation. Copyrights generally belonged to
-the booksellers. They purchased them from the authors
-and held them as against the printers. It must be
-remembered that an author could not obtain a copyright,
-as copyright was secured by registration in the
-Stationers’ Company and this registration could be
-made only by a bookseller or a printer. Consequently
-the author was obliged to content himself with what
-the purchaser of his work was willing to give him. The
-bookseller naturally got his printing done as cheaply
-as he could and printers cut prices then just as they
-do now, and got poor as a result, just as they do now.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_34'>34</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>CHAPTER III<br /> <span class='large'><span class='sc'>John Day and the Dark Ages of English Printing</span></span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='drop-capa0_0_6 c006'>One name stands out among English printers of
-this period, that of John Day, who has been described
-as “one of the best and most enterprising of
-printers.” Day was born in 1522 and began to print in
-1546. His business career lasted for thirty-eight years.
-He died in 1584, at the age of 62. Day began his business
-life at a period when English printing was very poor. His
-first books were as bad as those of his contemporaries.
-They were printed from worn type, the presswork was
-bad, they were without pagination, and he did not even
-use a device such as was customary among printers
-at that time. His first important work was a Bible,
-printed in 1549. This Bible was illustrated by wood-cuts
-which were very evidently second-hand, as they
-extended beyond the letter-press on the page. On the
-accession of Queen Mary I, in 1553, he went abroad,
-possibly for religious reasons, but probably not, as Day,
-like most printers of this particular time, found no
-difficulty in conforming himself to the religious views
-of the government. As a rule they accepted the peculiar
-position of Henry VIII which has already been
-described, printed Protestant books under Edward VI,
-Catholic books under Mary, and Protestant books
-under Elizabeth. They seem to have been quite content,
-in other words, to take what was brought them
-and to accept whatever government regulations might
-be in existence.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_35'>35</span>This attitude on the part of the printers reflects the
-general attitude of the English people at this time.
-There is very little doubt that the mass of the people
-were neither staunchly Catholic nor aggressively Protestant.
-While there were earnest and aggressive
-spirits in both parties, it seems quite clear that the
-vast majority of the people were ready to accept either
-Catholicism or Protestantism as a state church. England
-did not become aggressively Protestant until well
-into the reign of Elizabeth. Unfortunately for the
-interests of religion and of religious toleration, the
-church question became a political question, and when
-Spain and the other Catholic powers attempted to
-overthrow the government of England and make England
-dependent upon Spain, patriotism and Protestantism
-came to be regarded by the English as synonymous
-terms. Here, as elsewhere, the Reformation was
-a political more than a religious question.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Just when Day returned to England is not clear,
-but it was before the death of Queen Mary, as he was
-a charter member of the Stationers’ Company, which
-was chartered in the last year of her reign, and published
-a book dated the same year. Evidently Day
-studied abroad. Very probably that was his purpose
-in travel, for we find that in 1559 his books began to
-show excellence and they improved in quality until we
-find him soon producing the best printing which had
-yet been done in England. From this time on his
-work was marked by accuracy, taste, and a high grade
-of excellence in both typography and presswork.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He was greatly encouraged and at times assisted by
-Matthew Parker, who was Archbishop of Canterbury
-from 1559 to 1575. Parker was by no means a great
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_36'>36</span>man, but he was just the sort of man whom the autocratic
-Elizabeth wished to have for Archbishop of
-Canterbury. He was moderate in his views and easygoing
-in temperament, a scholar and collector of beautiful
-things and a patron of the arts and sciences.
-Parker not only encouraged and patronized Day but
-employed him to print on the private press which the
-Archbishop had set up at Lambeth. Day’s best piece
-of work was an edition of Asser’s “Life of Alfred the
-Great” which he printed for Parker in 1574.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Day published and printed the first edition of Foxe’s
-“Book of Martyrs,” a huge folio volume of 2008 pages.
-In 1578 Day published a book in Latin and Greek.
-The Greek was the best face yet seen in England and
-was equal to the work of Estienne. Other notable
-achievements of Day were the printing of the Psalter
-with musical notes, the cutting of Hebrew words
-in wood to be used in printing the life of Bishop Jewel,
-published in 1573, and the cutting of a font of Saxon
-type which appears to have been the first used in England.
-This font contained twenty-six capitals and
-twenty-seven lowercase letters. The capitals consisted
-of eighteen old roman letters and eight Saxon characters,
-two of which were diphthongs. The lowercase contained
-fifteen roman and twelve Saxon characters. Day also
-cut italic types to match roman, the first time this had
-been done. Day’s work was mainly religious, although
-he published some of the first English plays and some
-other works of general literature.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>As usual with men of great excellence, Day suffered
-much from the antagonism of jealous rivals, but this
-antagonism was not sufficient to deprive him of success.
-The excellence of his work was rewarded not
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_37'>37</span>only by success in business but by the award of a large
-number of privileges which were sources of great profit.
-We have seen, however, that he relinquished a large
-number of these at the time of Wolfe’s revolt. Those
-that he saved seem to have been by far the most
-profitable.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A few other printers of this period need mention
-for various reasons. The best work after that of Day
-was done by Vautrollier. Tottell, whose name is variously
-spelled in the records of the time, printed many
-things of great value to English literature. He was
-an enterprising printer of contemporary publications.
-Robert Darker, king’s printer to James I, printed the
-statutes, proclamations, and editions of the Book of
-Common Prayer of that period and deserves to be
-remembered as the original printer of the so-called
-Authorized Version of the Bible, published in 1611.
-This English text, sometimes called the Authorized
-and sometimes called the King James Version, was the
-only text of the English Bible received among English-speaking
-people until the revision made in the latter part
-of the eighteenth century. It may be worth while to
-note that this version is not uncommonly erroneously
-referred to as the St. James Version. There is absolutely
-no justification for this common error. The
-book was authorized by King James and for that reason
-is known as the Authorized or King James Version.
-King James, however, was no saint. The authorization
-was simply a license or permission. Darker
-published the book as a commercial venture at his
-own expense. He used the same type and the same
-ornaments as those used in the Bishop’s Bible, an
-English translation published in 1568.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_38'>38</span>John Norton, another one of the group of printers
-favored by James I, cut some of the best Greek types
-which have ever appeared in England. He was a
-worthy successor in this field of John Day. William
-and Isaac Jaggard printed the famous folio edition
-of Shakespeare’s plays in 1623. Typographically it
-was a poor piece of work, but as a literary landmark
-it is of the utmost importance.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The standards of Day were not long maintained.
-There were a few good printers in the seventeenth century,
-but for the most part they were poor and the tendency
-was decidedly toward deterioration. Political and
-religious controversies broke out afresh in the reign of
-James I (1613–1625) and were continued with increasing
-bitterness until they finally broke into the storm
-of civil war which swept over England in the reign of
-Charles I. A natural result of these conditions was a
-tightening of the restrictions upon the press, which
-became more and more burdensome. The controversies
-called forth floods of literature, much of which
-had to be clandestinely printed. The restrictions, as
-we shall presently see, were almost unbearable and
-the market was greatly disturbed. The consequence
-was that English printing reached its low-water mark
-in the last half of the seventeenth century. The period
-which we are considering, however, shows one important
-invention which in its field was a distinct improvement.
-Copperplate engraving was introduced into
-England in 1540, but it was a long time before it came
-into general use. Later we find it used first for portraits,
-then for engraved title pages, some of which
-were of great beauty, and then for general purposes of
-illustration.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_39'>39</span>James I strengthened the Company of Stationers
-by withdrawing several valuable privileges from private
-persons and giving them to the Company. This
-action was probably taken with a view to making the
-Company more reliable as the agent for the enforcement
-of the press laws, which were not materially
-changed during James’s reign. With the political and
-religious dissensions which followed the accession of
-Charles I in 1525 came renewed efforts to meet the
-rising tides of discussion and to dam up the flood of
-pamphlets, mostly badly printed, first by the more
-stringent enforcement of the old laws and then by the
-enactment of new ones. The Company’s registers at
-this time show a long list of penalties, including fines,
-cropping of ears, imprisonment, and expulsion from
-the Company. It is only just to King Charles, however,
-to say that he did attempt to foster learning
-and encourage good printing, provided the learning
-were politically and religiously orthodox according to
-King Charles’s standards and the printers were amenable
-to authority.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In this connection there is a rather interesting incident
-of an attempt by King Charles to set up a Greek
-press. In 1631 Barker and Lucas printed the so-called
-“Wicked Bible,” which derived its name from
-an unfortunate typographical error, the omission of
-the word “not” in the seventh commandment. Barker
-and Lucas were fined for their carelessness £300, a
-very heavy fine, equal, if we make allowance for the
-difference in the purchasing power of money, to about
-$12,000 to-day. In settlement of this fine they were
-commanded instead of paying the money into the
-treasury to purchase £300 worth of Greek type and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_40'>40</span>to print one Greek book a year at their own cost and
-risk, the Archbishop of Canterbury to fix the size of
-the edition. They gladly agreed to this, but owing
-to the political conditions which immediately followed
-very little came of it.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1637 a Star Chamber decree was issued which
-marks the high-water mark of governmental regulations
-in England. By this decree all books of every
-sort were to be licensed. Law books were to be licensed
-by the Lord Chief Justice and the Lord Chief Baron;
-books dealing with history by the Secretaries of State;
-books on heraldry by the Earl Marshal; books on any
-other subjects by the Archbishop of Canterbury, the
-Bishop of London, or the Chancellors or Vice-Chancellors
-of the two universities. Two copies of every
-book submitted for publication were to be handed to
-the licenser, one of which he was to keep for future
-reference. Catalogues of books imported into the country
-were to be sent to the Archbishop of Canterbury
-or to the Bishop of London, and no consignments of
-foreign books were to be opened until the representatives
-of one of these dignitaries and of the Stationers’
-Company were present.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It was further decreed that no merchant or bookseller
-should import from abroad any book printed
-in the English language. The main purpose of this
-enactment was probably to prevent evasion of the
-English press laws by the importation from abroad
-of books objectionable to the government. It was
-also, although this purpose was probably secondary,
-intended to protect England from foreign competition.
-The name of the printer, the author, and the publisher,
-and the place of publication and sale were to be placed
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_41'>41</span>in every book. No person was permitted to erect a
-printing press or to let any premises for the purpose
-of carrying on printing without first giving notice to
-the Company, and no carpenter was permitted to make
-a press without similar notice.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The number of master printers was limited to twenty.
-Every master printer had to give a bond of £300 for
-good behavior. The Master and the Wardens of
-the Stationers’ Company might have three presses each
-and three apprentices. No other printer could have
-more than two presses. A master printer on the livery
-(a member of the Company) might have two apprentices,
-others only one. The master printers were to
-give work to journeymen when requested to do so.
-This enactment was not made out of any tenderness
-for unemployed journeymen but for the reason that
-the unemployed journeyman was always tempted to
-pick up an occasional shilling by printing unlicensed
-or objectionable books. It was considered desirable
-to keep him employed where his work could be supervised.
-All reprints had to be licensed exactly the same
-as new publications. The Company was confirmed
-in its right of search. This meant not simply a right
-of supervision of printing offices, but the right to search
-any place where it might be suspected that printing
-was being carried on. One copy of every book had to
-be filed in the Bodleian Library at Oxford. Only four
-type-founders were permitted to carry on business.
-Books could be sold only by booksellers. The punishments
-imposed for infractions of these laws included
-destruction of stock, fines, imprisonment, and whipping
-at the cart’s tail. The allowance of type-founders,
-small as it was, seemed to be ample, in spite of the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_42'>42</span>fact that English type-founders had now ceased to cut
-type. English type-founding had generally been poor
-up to this time and was to continue so for some time
-to come. What new type came into use in the English
-printing offices was mainly bought on the continent.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Up to this time a great deal of printing had been
-done on the continent for the English market. The
-works of the Fathers, the classics, and the greater
-part of the serious publications of the time, being
-printed mostly in Latin, were in the hands of the
-continental printers. With their facilities for the
-production and distribution of books they held the
-market so securely that English printers did not even
-attempt competition. In addition to that a great
-deal of printing in the English language for the English
-market continued to be done on the continent.
-As has already been indicated, a good deal of this was
-political and religious and could not safely be published
-in England. A considerable quantity of it, however,
-was work in general literature, which was done
-better than most English work and cheaper than English
-work of a corresponding quality. The act of 1637
-shut off a great deal of this foreign printing, especially
-so much of it as was controversial.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Further legislation was enacted in order to develop
-English printing. For a long time printing was not
-an English industry. It will be remembered that
-although Caxton was English born most of the early
-printing was done by foreigners who came to England
-for that purpose, and for a long time there was a very
-large foreign element in the industry. In 1523 a law
-was passed that no alien engaged in the printing business
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_43'>43</span>in England could take any but English-born apprentices.
-In 1529 an act was passed that no alien
-not already naturalized could set up any house or
-shop for the exercise of any handicraft in England.
-In 1534 it was further enacted that no books should
-be imported bound and ready for sale and that no
-unnaturalized alien could sell foreign printed books
-except at wholesale.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The decree of 1637 was fortunately not long-lived.
-The political ascendency of Parliament soon began to
-be felt and in 1641 the Star Chamber was abolished.
-While the abolition of this court did not directly affect
-the decree of 1637, indirectly it made it practically
-void. For a short while Parliament permitted the
-decree to lapse and left the printers very much to themselves.
-This was not because Parliament was any
-more liberal than King Charles in its views on the
-subject of printing. It was only that while Parliament
-was strong enough to suffer the law to be evaded and
-so to give free rein to the scribbling propensities of
-its supporters, it was not yet strong enough to muzzle
-the writers on the other side. Parliament was also very
-busy with other concerns and for the time being was
-content to let the printers alone.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The result was an enormous flood of printing, most
-of it worse than ever. An examination of the publications
-of the time shows that everything that would
-go on a press was dug up and utilized. We find in use
-old type and blocks which had formed part of the
-stock of Wynkyn de Worde and Pynson. As soon,
-however, as Parliament got well seated in power it
-proceeded to deal with printers along the old lines.
-In 1643 it reënacted the decree of 1637 with the important
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_44'>44</span>modification that the number of printers was not
-limited. In 1649 sixty printers in London and the two
-university towns gave the bonds for good conduct
-required by law as a requisite to carrying on the business.
-It will be remembered that the decree of 1637
-limited the number in London to twenty, with one in
-each of the universities. This act called forth one of
-the noblest pieces of literature in the English language,
-Milton’s “Areopagitica,” or plea for unlicensed printing,
-in which Milton brings all the resources of his great
-learning and matchless literary skill to the defence
-of the freedom of the press. The plea, of course, fell
-on deaf ears for the time, but it remains one of the
-jewels of English literature. The Parliamentary government
-held the act as a weapon which could be used
-in case of need. It was strictly enforced with regard
-to political and religious books and newspapers. It
-seems to have been very little enforced outside these
-limits.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When Cromwell took the reins of power as Lord
-Protector of England he enforced the press laws very
-strictly. Cromwell was a masterful man and was not
-disposed to permit criticism of his person and government
-or discussion of matters of public policy upon
-which the government had decided. On the death
-of Cromwell there followed a period of political uncertainty
-during which the enforcement of the act was
-relaxed, only to be renewed at the accession of King
-Charles II in 1660.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Shortly after the accession of King Charles a group
-of the best printers unsuccessfully petitioned for the
-incorporation of a Company of Printers as distinguished
-from the Stationers. They alleged that the Company
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_45'>45</span>of Stationers was controlled by the booksellers and
-that they cheapened printing and impoverished the
-printers, that the Company of Stationers was so large
-that only old men could attain to the dignity of masters
-or wardens, and that only once in ten or twelve years
-was it possible for a journeyman printer to become a
-master printer. They claimed that a new Company
-would free the printing industry from these shackles,
-that it would improve the quality of printing, and
-that it would secure for the government better supervision
-of the output of the press. This last was probably
-a bait to the hook. The petition was not granted,
-however, and things went on in the old fashion.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1662 a new act similar to the preceding ones was
-passed, containing only one important variation by
-which the privilege of having a printing press was
-extended to the city of York. This act was for a time
-very strictly enforced. The police power necessary
-to the enforcement of the act was taken away from
-the Stationers’ Company and entrusted to Sir Roger
-Lestrange, who was appointed censor of the press.
-He was given control of the printing office and power
-of search. With a few reserved exceptions the entire
-licensing of books was placed in his hands and he was
-given a monopoly of the publication of news. Sir
-Roger seems to have taken himself quite seriously
-and to have discharged his functions for some years
-with a considerable degree of efficiency. Many books,
-however, were published without licenses. Some were
-published clandestinely, while it is probable that Sir
-Roger was more concerned to exercise the powers of
-office for the suppression of political and religious
-controversy and for the protection of his monopoly
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_46'>46</span>than for the control of pure literature. The act was
-reënacted in 1685 for a period of seven years. It was
-then reënacted for a period of one year and finally
-disappeared in 1694.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In spite of the wretched condition of printing at
-this period a few lights appear in the gloom. Thomas
-Roycroft did some very excellent printing. He achieved
-one of the most remarkable tasks which had yet
-been accomplished by an English printer in the publication
-of his famous Polyglot Bible. This Bible gave
-the text in Hebrew, Latin, Greek, Chaldean, Syriac,
-Arabic, Samaritan, Persian, and Ethiopic. Of course,
-these languages did not all appear in all parts of the
-Bible. The Greek, Latin, and Arabic texts appear
-throughout. The Hebrew and Chaldean appear in the
-Old Testament, the Ethiopic in the Psalms and New
-Testament only, and the Persian only in the New
-Testament. The types used came from four foundries,
-one of them being a face cut by John Day. The work
-was published in six great volumes, pages 16 x 10 inches.
-The text was so arranged that when the Bible was
-opened at any point each double page showed all the
-languages used for that particular passage. The first
-volume was published in September of 1654. The
-second appeared in 1655, the third in 1656, and the
-other three in 1657. Cromwell encouraged the work
-by ordering the admission of the paper duty free.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1688 the largest office in London was that of
-James Fletcher, who had five presses and employed
-thirteen journeymen and two apprentices. One of the
-printers of this period, John Barber, arrived at the distinction
-of Lord Mayor of London. He was a very
-popular Lord Mayor and he must have been very prosperous
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_47'>47</span>in business or he would not have acquired the
-means necessary to holding the position. He was in no
-way remarkable as a printer, however.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>During this period there were four type-founders of
-importance—Joseph Moxon, the Andrews brothers,
-the Glover brothers, and Thomas James. The most
-famous of these was James Moxon. Primarily a man of
-science, he was distinguished as a mathematician and
-hydrographer. To these interests he added type-founding.
-Like Dürer in Germany and Geoffry Tory
-in France, he worked out a theory of type design in
-exact mathematical proportions, but like these and
-other attempts of the same sort it was not successful.
-While it is true that there must be proportion in type-faces,
-it is also true that a beautiful and legible type-face
-must have qualities other than a mere mathematical
-exactness. Moxon is known chiefly by his
-important work, “Mechanick Exercises.” Part II of
-this book is an exhaustive study of printing and type-founding.
-So thorough was Moxon’s study of these subjects
-and so accurate his presentation that the work is
-yet a standard authority on many fundamental points.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Joseph and Robert Andrews, although not very good
-workmen, made an extensive variety of type and found
-a good sale for it. They used the Moxon fonts, but
-added to them new roman and italic fonts, learned
-fonts, so called, Anglo-Saxon, and Irish. James and
-Thomas Glover cast two fonts of black letter from the
-matrices cut by Wynkyn de Worde and some foreign
-letters. They do not appear to have undertaken competition
-with Andrews and James in the ordinary forms
-of letter. Thomas James, who shared with the Andrews
-brothers a large portion of the business, used
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_48'>48</span>two sets of matrices cut in Holland. Of course, these
-few type-founders hardly made a beginning of supplying
-the English printers with type. The greater part
-of the printing of this period was done from type imported
-from Holland. It was in order to compete with
-this imported type that James obtained possession
-of the two fonts of Dutch matrices which were the
-backbone of his type-foundry.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After the Restoration of 1660, we find the Oxford
-Press rapidly advancing to the commanding position
-in English printing which it came to occupy in later
-years and still holds. Oxford had been a centre of
-royal influence in the civil wars. King Charles I held
-court there for some time and the university was
-always staunchly loyal to the Stuarts. Naturally it
-enjoyed the sunshine of royal favor when the Stuarts
-came back in the person of Charles II.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1667 Dr. John Fell, Vice-Chancellor of the University
-and afterward Bishop of Oxford, gave the
-University a complete type-foundry with matrices of
-roman, italic, black-letter Saxon, and several Oriental
-tongues. Ten years later Francis Junius added
-to the equipment of the foundry a splendid collection
-of out-of-the-way types, including Runic, Gothic, Saxon,
-Icelandic, Danish, and Swedish, together with a considerable
-number of types of the more common sorts.
-This equipment of type for learned work and foreign
-language printing enabled the Oxford Press to take a
-position without a rival as a producer of learned literature.
-The presswork and composition done at
-Oxford were well maintained on the level of their type
-equipment, so that the Oxford University Press soon
-came to hold a unique position.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_49'>49</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>CHAPTER IV<br /> <span class='large'><span class='sc'>The Eighteenth Century: the Period of Transition</span></span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='drop-capa0_0_6 c006'>The eighteenth century was a very important time
-in the history of English printing. It was the
-period of the changes and inventions which led over
-from the mediævalism of the seventeenth century
-to the modernism of the nineteenth. Three special
-changes took place: first, the invention of stereotyping;
-second, the rise of the modern publisher; and, third, the
-dawn of modern ideas in types and typography.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The story of the invention of stereotyping is the
-tale only too common in industry of the inventor who
-is ahead of his time, the selfish and thoughtless crowd
-who opposed him, the apparent failure of the enterprise,
-and final success for the idea when the inventor
-is no longer alive to enjoy his triumph. About 1720
-it occurred to a Scotchman named Ged that it ought
-not to be difficult to cast type by the page. He hit
-upon the idea of making a plaster-of-paris mould of the
-type-set page and from it casting the plates. As usual
-in such cases, he needed a partner with capital and
-some technical knowledge. In 1727 he associated
-himself with an Edinburgh printer, who soon became
-alarmed at the apparent prospective cost and withdrew
-from the enterprise. Soon after this Ged got
-acquainted with a London stationer named William
-Fenner. Fenner in turn introduced him to Thomas
-James, the type-founder, and the three associated
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_50'>50</span>themselves in partnership for the development of the
-new process. For some reason James proved treacherous.
-Apparently the investment which he was making
-should have served to keep him faithful. Whether
-he became alarmed by a fancied danger to his business
-or was frightened or bought off by the printers is not
-clear. At any rate, his cooperation was only halfhearted.
-Instead of furnishing Ged with the best of
-type from which to make his moulds he furnished him
-with very poor type and his workmen wilfully damaged
-the forms.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>While this was going on Ged was appointed printer
-to the University of Cambridge, where he met with
-the same experiences at the hands of the printers.
-Under great difficulties and discouragements he succeeded
-in producing two prayer books which were
-printed from his plates, but the animosity of the printers
-was so violent that the authorities suppressed the
-books and destroyed the plates. The reason for this
-animosity is not far to seek. The journeymen had
-not yet recovered from the fear and danger caused by
-the old statutes which had limited the number of shops
-without limiting the number of journeymen, thus causing
-extensive lack of employment. It must be remembered
-also that the old customs were still in force which
-limited editions and prohibited keeping type standing.
-It looked to the printers as if the invention of a process
-which would fix type by pages and make possible
-indefinite reprints from one setting of type was a most
-serious threat to the industry. From the point of
-view of the knowledge and the conditions in the second
-quarter of the eighteenth century we shall have to admit
-that their fears were well founded. They could not
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_51'>51</span>possibly foresee the enormous increase of printing
-which was to make the stereotype indispensable.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>To complete the tale of his misfortune, Ged’s partners,
-James and Fenner, now fell out between themselves.
-The partnership was broken up and Ged, discouraged
-and bankrupt, went back to Edinburgh.
-His discouragement was not permanent, however, and
-he made another attempt, but not a printer could be
-found in Edinburgh who would set type for him.
-Ged’s son learned composition and set up a few books,
-working by night, which were printed at Newcastle.
-Ged died in 1749, apparently defeated. Later in the
-century, however, his work was taken up and made
-practical by Didot in France and his invention developed
-to great proportions.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The early printers were their own publishers and
-booksellers. Previous to the invention of typography
-the maker and seller of the book were not ordinarily
-the same person. It was only natural that in a short
-time the stationers, that is to say, the sellers of manuscript
-books and of writing materials, should sell printed
-books also. Both the printer and bookseller were interested
-in an attempt to cut out one profit. If the printer
-sold to the bookseller and the bookseller sold to the
-public, both must profit by the transaction. If the
-printer could sell directly to the public or the bookseller
-could print his own books, obviously the whole
-or the greater part of both of these profits might go to
-one man. In this competition, however, the bookseller
-had three advantages. One came from the fact
-that the carrying on of a printing plant was a business
-enterprise and the additional care of maintaining
-a selling organization for marketing books with the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_52'>52</span>public was more than most printers were equal to.
-The second was that the bookseller could buy a whole
-edition or contract for its publication. In this way
-while he reduced the printer’s profits he also greatly
-reduced his risks. The third was that privilege and
-copyright attached themselves to manuscripts. If the
-bookseller bought the manuscript it could not be printed
-except by arrangement with him. When the bookseller
-became the owner of manuscripts, or became
-sufficiently confident of his power to market books to
-employ the printer to produce such books as he could
-use, he became a publisher in the modern sense of the
-word. He might either set up a printing establishment
-of his own or he might have his work done by
-contract by one or more outside printers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The business methods of the old printers were very
-simple. We have seen how Schoeffer did the first
-piece of commercial printing when he struck off for
-distribution a list of the books which he had on sale.
-We have seen how Jenson and Aldus and the other
-early printers sold their books at their printing offices,
-advertised them by correspondence, and sent them to
-the Frankfort Fair and other similar places. The
-Plantin workshop, which is still maintained as the
-Plantin Museum in Antwerp, still shows the little
-salesroom which was part of the original business.
-Caxton, with his sound business sense and trained
-business habits, had a way of assuring or forecasting beforehand
-the sales of his books, thus anticipating to a considerable
-extent the methods of the modern publishers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It soon became the habit of the printers to open
-shops apart from their printing offices for the sale of
-their productions. These salesrooms developed into
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_53'>53</span>book-shops through carrying in stock the books of
-other printers. In the old-world cities trades had a
-habit of congregating in one place. If a man wanted
-to open a book-shop, instead of trying to find a good
-location where there were no other book-shops very
-near at hand, he tried to get a location as near as he
-could to all the other book-shops. In this way certain
-streets or quarters of the cities, and particularly of
-London, were given up to certain industries. The
-centre of the English book trade of the seventeenth
-century was the churchyard of the old St. Paul’s Church.
-This was the smaller church which occupied the site
-where now stands the magnificent St. Paul’s Cathedral
-built by the great architect Sir Christopher Wren after
-the fire of 1660.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A glimpse of the way in which the business was
-done may be obtained from the following description
-of John Day’s book-shop: “He got framed a neat
-handsome shop. It was but little and low, a flat roof,
-and leaded [covered with sheets of lead] like a terrace,
-railed and posted, fit for men to stand upon in
-any triumph or show.” Evidently thrifty John Day
-was not above turning an honest penny by renting the
-roof of his shop to those who desired to see the Lord
-Mayor’s show or some other glittering procession. All
-processions of any importance passed St. Paul’s. We
-are told that this shop cost £40 or £50, which would
-be equivalent, making allowance for the difference in
-the purchasing power of money, to from $1200 to $1600
-to-day. We are told that £150,000 worth of books
-were burned at St. Paul’s churchyard and in the crypt
-of the church in the fire of 1666. This represents no
-less than $4,000,000 in our present money.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_54'>54</span>Advertising was done largely by means of the so-called
-“title post,” a sort of primitive bulletin board.
-On a post in the shop were put up the titles of new
-books on sale, with perhaps a brief bit of description.
-Books were sold either bound, stitched, or in sheets.
-The bindings in favor were leather-covered boards,
-perhaps vellum with silk ties to counteract the tendency
-of vellum to warp, or velvet and other textiles, often
-ornamented with elaborate embroidery. The books
-which were sold bound, however, were ordinarily in
-the plainer styles of binding. The more wealthy and
-particular book buyers preferred to buy their books
-in sheets and to have them placed in bindings which
-were ornamented with their coats of arms or with
-other devices of a personal nature. The stitched books
-were at first sewed by being pierced through the sheets
-with a bodkin and tied with a string. In 1586 a limit
-was set to the size and thickness of books which might
-be sold in this form. Those beyond the limit must be
-sewed on a regular binder’s machine and made ready
-for the cover to be put on. Sewed books were often
-covered with cloth or pasteboard to preserve them
-and keep them clean. This was substantially what
-is now known as binding in cases.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>For a long time the relations between printers, booksellers,
-and authors were confused and irregular. Up
-to the end of the seventeenth century there was
-nothing in the nature of copyright except registration
-with the Stationers’ Company, but that registration
-was made by the owner of the manuscript, who
-was not necessarily the author. Originally these
-owners were generally the printers because the printers
-and publishers, as has just been pointed out, were
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_55'>55</span>the same. Later, as the ascendency of the booksellers
-increased, it was they who held the manuscripts. Sometimes
-due regard was paid to the rights of the author
-and sometimes not. This appears to have depended
-entirely upon the arrangements which author and publisher
-were able to make. In many cases the author
-got decidedly the worst of the bargain. The protection
-which the Company undertook to extend was
-limited to the holder of the copyright. The situation
-was further complicated by the survival of privileges
-or monopolies of various sorts.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Toward the end of the seventeenth century, with the
-passing away of the mediæval conditions which had
-previously prevailed, the Company’s control of the
-situation broke down. When the printing acts finally
-went into disuse in 1594, as has already been described,
-nobody had any protection. Everything in the way of
-copyright was entirely abolished. This condition was
-soon felt to be intolerable and in 1709 an Act of Parliament
-provided a system of copyright and recognized the
-author’s right to his work. By this act the owners
-of old books and unpublished manuscripts, whether
-they were the authors or not, had proprietary right
-in them for twenty-one years, beginning April 10,
-1710. This part of the act, of course, was a temporary
-provision for existing conditions. New books were to
-be controlled by the author for fourteen years. If at
-the end of that time the author was still living his copyright
-might be renewed for fourteen years more. Within
-the limits during which the copyright was valid it could
-be transferred. Such transference did not act as an
-extension. The copyright was secured by registration
-with the Stationers’ Company as before.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_56'>56</span>This was really a booksellers’ act, as at that time
-they held nearly all of the copyrights and doubtless
-expected to be able to secure all the new ones of any
-value. That was what happened at first. The protection
-given to the authors by the new act greatly
-altered the terms upon which the booksellers or publishers
-could obtain the manuscripts. It was some
-years before the authors came to a full realization of
-their rights under the new law. When they did arrive
-at this knowledge authorship as a profession became
-possible. For a long time authors sold their manuscripts
-outright to the publishers. The royalty system,
-under which the author shares the profits of the work,
-was a later development.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>From this time on new work was controlled by the
-authors and the use of their manuscripts could be
-obtained only by some sort of bargain. All old work
-not covered by copyrights existing in 1709, and after
-1731 all work upon which copyrights had expired,
-might be freely printed by any one. From that time
-on the publication of such works became, as it is now,
-purely a manufacturing proposition. Whether or not
-such books shall be published and whether or not the
-publication is a commercial success depend entirely
-upon the soundness of the publisher’s judgment and
-the accuracy with which he gauges the popular demand
-for standard literature at a given price.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The publication of new work depends upon a variety
-of circumstances. The publisher pays either in cash
-or in royalty, or both, according to the prospects of
-sale. In case of authors of reputation this prospect
-can be reasonably well gauged. In case of unknown
-authors the publisher must take a risk if he buys a
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_57'>57</span>manuscript. In many cases the publisher will require
-a guarantee against loss on an edition of a certain size.
-He may require this guarantee because he has doubts
-about the success of the work or because it is a book
-of such limited circulation, although it may be of the
-most important character, that the publication will
-not be commercially profitable. Of course, if an author
-is determined to see himself in print and no publisher
-will take his work on any terms, he can hire a printer
-to make up an edition, can get it copyrighted, and can
-dispose of it in such way as he may find possible or
-desirable.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>From this legislation really dates the differentiation
-of the trade. This was a matter of economic growth
-rather than of legislation. The author might print
-and publish and sell his work, the printer might publish
-and sell, the bookseller might print and publish,
-but in either case there was an added risk combined
-with a possibility of greater profit. Most persons are
-content with smaller profits, providing they can be
-released from risk. Under the system which now developed
-the publisher assumed the risk. In that way
-he became the patron of both author and printer.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The first of the modern type of publishers was Jacob
-Tonson, the elder, who began business in 1678. A
-consideration of the development of the publishing
-industry would take us too far afield and it will be
-touched upon only as it directly concerns the development
-of printing.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>About 1720 a forward step was taken in the development
-of English printing by the entrance of William
-Caslon into the field of type-founding. Born in 1692,
-we know little of his early life. In 1706 we find him,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_58'>58</span>then twenty-four years old, carrying on a little business
-in London as an engraver of gun locks and a maker of
-binders’ tools. Through this last he came in contact with
-printers, particularly John Walter and William Bowyer,
-the younger, two of the well-known London printers
-of that day. His connection with the printing trade,
-his artistic skill, and his training as an engraver led
-him to undertake the designing and cutting of type,
-in which he was encouraged by his printer friends.
-His type was immediately successful not only in England
-but on the continent, which had hitherto never
-looked to England for type. His type was very legible
-and had a certain air of distinction which made it
-much superior to any English type made at that time.
-His roman was regular, graceful, and well proportioned,
-a worthy successor of the types of Jenson and Aldus.
-His italic was almost as good as his roman. The influence
-of Caslon upon English and afterwards upon
-American type-cutting has been very great. Many
-of the types in most common use are either Caslon’s
-letter or some modification of it. This book is printed
-in one of the Caslon types. For many years no English
-type-founder could compete with him successfully.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The principal types of distinction which were then
-in the field were three, that of Giambattista Bodoni,
-that produced by the Didot family, and that made in
-Holland. Bodoni type was characterized by long
-ascenders and descenders, over-long serifs, and protracted
-hair lines. This general style of letter was
-very common in Italy for a long time both in typography
-and in manuscript. In the last century the
-so-called Italian hand, a handwriting showing these
-characteristics, was for a long time very fashionable,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_59'>59</span>especially among ladies. The Didot type was characterized
-by sharp contrasts, the thick lines being very
-thick and the thin lines being razor-edged in their thinness.
-The Dutch type was rounded and regular with
-very little contrast between the thick and the thin
-lines. Caslon’s type was a rather successful effort to
-retain the good qualities and avoid the defects of all
-three. Avoiding the exaggeration of Bodoni, it retained,
-though in modified form, the contrasts of Didot and
-preserved the regularity of the Dutch without its
-monotony and lack of contrast. Toward the end of
-the century poor paper, poor presswork, and poor
-ink led to an attempt to get clearness and legibility
-by thickening the type lines. The result was the introduction,
-about 1800, of a very ugly, fat-faced type
-which had wide use. Mrs. Caslon, a widow, who was
-then in charge of the Caslon foundry, attempted to
-meet these demands by thickening the lines of the
-Caslon type, producing a modified form which had
-considerable success for some time. The old Caslon
-was revived by Whittingham about 1845. The better
-paper, ink, and presswork of those days revealed anew
-the excellence of the Caslon type and since that time it
-has never lost favor.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>An interesting figure of this period is Samuel Richardson
-(1689–1761). Richardson was a very good
-printer and did a considerable business, but was tempted
-into authorship and became one of the first of the
-modern English novelists. He wrote, printed, and
-published three novels which yet survive, “Pamela,”
-“Clarissa Harlowe,” and “Sir Charles Grandison.”
-The new vein which these novels struck in English
-literature was immediately successful. The novels,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_60'>60</span>though very long and written in a style which to modern
-readers seems anything but lively, were not only
-widely successful themselves, but were immediately
-imitated, and the good old printer’s modest efforts
-were the beginning of the flood of novels which is now
-poured out from the press. Because Richardson was
-a pioneer his novels are remembered and students of
-literature are set to read them, at least in part. It is
-doubtful, however, if anybody reads them to-day unless
-he has to. It is said that through the treachery of
-one of Richardson’s journeymen a Dublin printer got
-out a pirated edition of “Sir Charles Grandison” and
-sold it in Dublin before Richardson got it bound and
-published in London. This was possible because the
-English copyright law did not then apply to Ireland.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>An interesting glimpse of the trade at this period
-may be obtained through the pages of Woodfall’s ledger
-from 1734 to 1747, which has been published. The
-student of these matters can find therein very interesting
-material for a study of comparative prices and
-the like. One entry shows that he charged for the
-printing of Pope’s translation of the Iliad, demy paper,
-long primer and brevier, 2000 copies, 6 volumes, 68½
-sheets, £143 and 17 shillings, equal to about $1700 in
-American money.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Perhaps the most interesting and important printer in
-the eighteenth century in England was John Baskerville
-(1706–1775). Baskerville was of unknown and humble
-origin. At seventeen we find him a servant in the house
-of a clergyman at Birmingham. He was a good penman,
-however, and his employer soon set him to teach
-penmanship to the poor boys of the parish and afterwards
-got him a position as a teacher of penmanship
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_61'>61</span>and bookkeeping in a school. Baskerville was not only
-interested in penmanship but also in the cutting of
-letters in stone. Unlike Caslon, this interest did not
-lead him directly to take up type-founding or printing
-as his life work. In 1736 a man by the name of John
-Taylor set himself up in business at Birmingham as
-a manufacturer of japanned ware. Baskerville became
-interested in Taylor’s work and learned Taylor’s trade
-secrets by following him about and whenever he went
-into a shop and made a purchase going in himself and
-buying the same things in the same quantities. In
-this way he learned the composition of the japanning
-mixture and shortly set up a business for himself.
-This was his main business and source of revenue
-throughout his life and was very prosperous. Baskerville
-did not imitate Taylor and was hardly his rival,
-but won success in making other and better things
-than those made by Taylor. Curiously enough, although
-Baskerville remained in this business for many
-years and was very successful, not a single piece of
-work survives which is known to be his. Meanwhile
-he did not lose his early interest in the correct formation
-of letters and he became actively interested in
-type-founding about 1750. By this time, however,
-his ideas had spread beyond the mere designing and
-founding of type.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He conceived the idea of better books than had
-yet been made in England. He considered the matter
-in its broadest possible aspects. He realized the fact
-that a book is the result of many operations. He
-believed that the making of the best books, such as
-he had in mind, meant the best possible paper, type,
-ink, machines, and workmanship. Beginning with the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_62'>62</span>type; he employed a skilful type-cutter to work from
-his designs and is said to have spent £600 or £800
-($3000 or $4000) before getting a font to suit him.
-He never attempted to cut many types. His roman
-differs from Caslon’s, but is equal to it in legibility.
-It is beautifully clear, regular, and well proportioned.
-Perhaps a certain lack of character and a too mechanical
-perfection would be the general criticism which
-could be brought against it. His italic was the best
-which had as yet been seen in England.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Baskerville also cut a font of Greek type. This
-experiment has been regarded as unsuccessful and his
-Greek type has been somewhat criticised. It was unsuccessful,
-but not through the fault of the type itself.
-His type was excellent, but it differed considerably
-from that to which the scholars were then accustomed
-and the learned world did not care to adopt it. Minor
-changes in the formation of English letters are not
-important, providing the general form of the letter is
-retained. In languages using a different character,
-however, even slight modifications are liable to be
-confusing and scholarly conservatism naturally shrinks
-from changes of this sort. It is probable, moreover,
-that the universities and the few persons doing printing
-in Greek did not encourage the new character as
-it would have involved a considerable expenditure for
-new type. With the comparatively small use for Greek
-type one font would last for a very long time.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Excellent as Baskerville’s types were, they were not
-generally adopted. The printers stuck to the work
-of Caslon and Jackson, partly from the fact shortly
-to be noted that Baskerville did not get on very well
-with the printers and publishers and partly because
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_63'>63</span>of the expense. They preferred sticking to the standard
-fonts and buying sorts which could be easily procured
-when necessary to undergoing the expense of
-buying new fonts from the new founder. Although
-the admirers of Baskerville consider his type better
-than Caslon’s, it was not enough better to drive it out
-of the market. Baskerville’s type, moreover, was
-much criticised on its own account. It was claimed
-that owing to its proportions and owing to its sharp
-contrasts it was hard on the eyes. This criticism,
-however, was probably very largely the result of prejudice
-and dislike.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Benjamin Franklin was a friend of Baskerville and
-tells an amusing story about this kind of criticism. He
-says that some printers were at his lodging in London and
-complained vigorously of the objectionable character
-of Baskerville’s type and of the eye strain and headache
-which it caused to its users. Franklin thereupon
-stepped into another room and came back in a moment
-with a sheet of Caslon’s specimens from which he
-had removed the heading. He handed this sheet to
-the critics who had been berating Baskerville and
-praising Caslon and said that he could not help
-thinking that they were influenced somewhat by their
-prejudice and he wished that they would examine this
-sheet and see if they actually did experience the unpleasant
-results of which they had complained. Supposing
-the sheet to be Baskerville’s type, they studied
-it with some care and unanimously declared that they
-found the same difficulties and experienced the same
-discomforts which they had always met with in reading
-Baskerville’s type. Franklin refrained from pointing
-out the trap into which he had betrayed them,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_64'>64</span>but satisfied himself that their criticisms really were
-the result of prejudice.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Type-founding, however, was only a part of Baskerville’s
-scheme. As has been said, he had conceived
-the idea of the perfect book, or at least a book nearer
-perfection than England had yet seen. It is one of
-the most interesting things about Baskerville that he
-did not arrive at his conceptions by a process of experimentation
-and production of mediocre work. He conceived
-his idea and elaborated it in his mind first and
-then undertook to realize it in a product. He was
-the artist who conceives rather than the craftsman
-who slowly elaborates. The designing and cutting of
-new fonts of type was only one step in that direction.
-He determined that he would attempt to produce the
-whole book himself and he therefore set up a printing
-office of his own. He selected the paper for his editions
-with the greatest care. It is not certain that he
-did not even go so far as to make the paper for some
-of them, but whether or not this is true he gave it
-great attention. He took equal care with his ink,
-using every precaution to secure the production of a
-bright, clear ink which should work well and be permanent.
-He also had a special press built. This did
-not involve any innovations in design, but was built
-with the greatest care so as to secure the best possible
-impression. In order to give smoothness and shine
-to his pages and prevent the type from pressing into the
-damp paper and making an impression on the reverse
-side of the sheet he devised what is known as the hot
-press method of finishing. As soon as the damp sheets
-came from the press they were placed between plates
-of hot metal and subjected to pressure. This gave the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_65'>65</span>paper a perfectly smooth, shiny surface. This was
-another of the points of criticism of Baskerville’s work.
-Those who were familiar with the coarse paper and
-rough impressions in common use declared that the
-shine of the smooth paper hurt their eyes. Baskerville
-also gave great attention to the typographical design
-of his books. He used ample margins and developed
-a style of dignified simplicity, free from extraneous ornamentation
-and extremely reserved in the use of all
-forms of ornament.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>As a result of this care Baskerville produced the best
-books which had yet been made in England. They were
-very expensive. No cost was spared in their production
-and there was no catering to the popular taste which
-would enable him to reduce unit costs by publishing large
-editions. Baskerville frankly printed for the few. He
-believed that there were lovers of good books and good
-literature who were ready to pay what might be necessary
-to obtain their favorite authors in a fitting dress.
-In this he was somewhat disappointed. The number
-of such persons was less numerous than he had supposed
-and it is probable that on the whole Baskerville
-lost rather than made money by his printing and type-founding
-enterprises. He printed about sixty-seven books,
-all of which were reprints of the classics or standard
-authors. Not a single new book came from his press,
-although these were the flourishing days of Samuel
-Johnson, Goldsmith, Pope, Gray, Burke, Chesterfield,
-Young, Akenside, and other famous writers. The
-booksellers would not support him. He was not willing
-to cheapen his work or to lower his prices to meet
-their wishes, nor would he consent to being, like so
-many printers, a mere servant of the publisher. He
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_66'>66</span>felt that he had his artistic message to give to the world
-and he insisted upon giving it in his own way, making
-himself his own publisher as well as printer. Very
-likely his editions would have made a larger sale if he
-had had the support of the booksellers in putting them
-on the market, but this was denied him.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Disheartened and disgusted by the lack of appreciation
-and support, Baskerville tried to sell out his
-type-foundry, but was unsuccessful. He negotiated
-with several of the leading printers of the continent
-and with Franklin, but was not able to effect a sale.
-Twenty years after his death, however, his type was
-used in the famous Boydell Shakspeare. His type
-obtained partial recognition. His work has been called
-too artistic for his time. It is said that Baskerville was
-an artist, but the England of the eighteenth century
-was not artistic. Perhaps it might better be said that
-Baskerville’s standard of perfection was higher than
-his time could appreciate and that he failed because
-there was not yet a sufficiently large public ready to
-spend considerable money for de luxe book making.
-Baskerville unquestionably possessed great taste and
-a very high degree of mechanical skill. One does not
-find in his work, however, the artist’s spirit which
-manifests itself in the work of the old masters or their
-late nineteenth century followers. Baskerville’s work,
-nevertheless, was not in vain. No man can ever do
-anything better than it has yet been done without contributing
-to the progress of true art, even though his
-productions are appreciated by but few people. Unquestionably
-Baskerville’s work influenced the Whittinghams,
-who are the great figures in the world of printing
-in the early nineteenth century.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_67'>67</span>It is interesting to note, before passing to the consideration
-of the work of the Whittinghams, that several
-of the great English printing houses whose names
-are familiar to all readers of books run back far into the
-eighteenth century. The Rivington house was established
-in 1711, Eyre and Spottiswoode not much later,
-Longmans in 1724, John Murray in 1768, William
-Blackwood &amp; Son in 1804, A. C. Black in 1815, to mention
-only a few of the more familiar. In many cases
-these firm names have been several times changed,
-but the firms have maintained continuous existence.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_68'>68</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>CHAPTER V<br /> <span class='large'><span class='sc'>The Whittinghams and the Modern Book</span></span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='drop-capa0_0_6 c006'>Charles Whittingham, the elder, founder
-of the business which is now known as the Chiswick
-Press, was born in 1767. He began work as
-a printer in 1789 on a very small scale. His first
-work was small job work such as cards, letterheads,
-billheads, and the like. It was not until 1792 that he
-did any book work at all. His first job was part of an
-edition of Young’s “Night Thoughts.” It was not
-uncommon at this time for publishers to parcel out a
-book among a number of small printers, giving to each
-a certain number of signatures. Like his great predecessor
-Day, Whittingham started out doing printing as
-badly as anybody else. The work which he did on his
-first book order shows all the vices of the time.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Fortunately for the art, Whittingham was not content
-to remain a poor printer, although he must have
-been perfectly aware that he was such. He early made
-the acquaintance of William Caslon, from whom he
-bought type and from whom he not improbably received
-typographical suggestions. In 1798 he published
-a book of a sort much in vogue at that period,
-called “Pity’s Gift.” In choice of type, design of
-title page, and other regards this book shows a great
-improvement over the work of previous years. It
-was illustrated and was the beginning of the long series
-of illustrated books for which the house afterwards
-became famous. The illustrations, however, were poor
-in themselves and poorly printed. Here again Whittingham
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_69'>69</span>began on a level with his contemporaries,
-but by study and labor raised himself far above that
-level.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In a few years Whittingham was recognized as the
-best printer in England and had built up a good and
-profitable business. He won this success in spite of
-the fact that he, even more than Baskerville, failed
-to get on with the publishers. The publishers wanted
-cheap printing and large profits. Whittingham refused
-to lower his standards to meet their desires and insisted
-on printing to suit himself and, as he believed,
-the public. Less ambitious than Baskerville, but
-equally conscientious, Whittingham published small
-books, well printed, which could be sold at a reasonable
-price, although not at the price of trash. He was
-right in his estimate of the public demand and, secure
-in public support, was able to defy the publishers.
-When they refused to give him their work he told them
-to keep it, and entirely disregarded their hostility. He
-carried the war into the enemies’ country by refusing
-to be bound by certain trade customs. These customs
-were survivals of the old privileges and monopolies
-which kept certain books in certain hands. There was
-no foundation for these customs except their antiquity,
-and Whittingham proposed to publish certain books
-which from time immemorial had been held to be the
-property of others. Of course, the publishers called him
-a pirate, but he never infringed upon a real copyright
-and his conduct in the matter is entirely free from
-moral reproach.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Whittingham was an enterprising business man as
-well as desirous of artistic improvement. He bought
-the first Stanhope press which was sold to a printing
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_70'>70</span>house, in 1800, and his house was among the first to
-adopt improved machinery and methods of all sorts.
-There is, however, one notable exception. Whittingham
-and his nephew and successor believed that it
-was not possible to do the best work on anything but
-a hand press, and no power presses were used in the
-Chiswick Press until 1860.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>About the opening of the century a man by the
-name of Potts invented a process for making paper-stock from old rope by removing the tar and dirt.
-Whittingham got possession of this process and opened
-a paper-stock factory. He did not, however, open a
-paper mill, but sold the stock to Fourdrinier, the great
-French paper maker. The paper-stock mill was at
-Chiswick, and Whittingham opened in 1811 a second
-printing office in the neighborhood, which he called
-the Chiswick Press. For a time he carried on the two
-printing offices, the paper-stock mill, a book-shop, several
-publishing ventures, and a business of some sort, it is
-not now known what, in Jersey. It was not many
-years, however, before he saw the danger of this extension
-and gradually disposed of the outside things, concentrating
-his interest in the Chiswick Press, which
-he preferred to continue rather than the London office.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>During this period his work steadily continued to
-improve. He invented a secret process for giving permanent
-brilliancy to his ink. He gave the greatest
-attention to the design and layout of his books, proportion
-in the matter of margins and the like, and to
-presswork. This last was doubly important because
-of his determination to improve the process of illustration.
-Of course, the modern processes were not
-then in use. Black and white was done either from
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_71'>71</span>wood blocks or steel and copper plates, and color work
-was done by the use of solid color on blocks. In order
-to secure better results in black and white, Whittingham
-invented the over-lay process. Some of his work
-in color was the best ever produced by the methods
-which were then known. An indication of the resources
-of the establishment may be gathered from the story
-of the production of his British Poets, sets of which
-may still be occasionally bought in old book-shops.
-The design for the series was planned in 1819. It was
-shortly announced that they were to be published on
-a given day in 1822. When the day came the whole
-set was published as announced. It consisted of one
-hundred royal 18mo volumes, illustrated. Five hundred
-sets were printed, making a total of 50,000 volumes.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Shortly after this the younger Charles Whittingham,
-nephew of the elder, appears upon the scene. He was
-his uncle’s apprentice and became his partner in 1824.
-The partnership lasted for four years and was apparently
-not a very harmonious arrangement. The elder
-Whittingham, like many strong and successful men,
-was masterful and was not disposed to share either
-power or responsibility. The young man, although
-having no occasion to complain of any unfairness, felt
-that although nominally a partner he was really merely
-an employee. In 1828 he left the Chiswick Press and
-set up for himself in London. He continued in business
-there for ten years and then his uncle, who was now
-old and in failing health, called him back to take charge
-of the Chiswick Press. In spite of the fact that their
-partnership had not been satisfactory, the old man
-doubtless realized that his nephew was the only man
-in England who was competent to continue the business
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_72'>72</span>which he had built up with so much toil and in which
-he took so much pride. From this time until the date
-of the death of the elder man the younger Whittingham
-was the moving spirit in the establishment. After
-the death of the elder Whittingham the plant was
-moved back to London without change of name.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Shortly after the younger Whittingham took over
-the management he became acquainted with William
-Pickering and formed an association with him which
-had momentous effects on English printing and publishing.
-Pickering had started an old-book business
-in 1821 and had made money. Although not a practical
-printer he was interested in books and he had
-very intelligent ideas as to what qualities made books
-good, considered as pieces of work. Pickering desired
-to publish fine editions of old writers and entered into
-an alliance with Whittingham to produce them. For
-twenty-five years these two men worked together doing
-the best book-making which England had yet seen. Comparatively
-little of it was new work. It was mainly
-the printing of fine editions of so-called standard literature.
-In 1844, dissatisfied with the types in current
-use, they induced Henry Caslon, who was then the
-head of the Caslon foundry, to revive the old William
-Caslon type, known technically as old-face roman, and
-this revival was the beginning of the permanent restoration
-of the Caslon types to favor.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Pickering and Whittingham together may be said
-to be the fathers of the modern book. Together they
-worked out many improvements. The excellent work
-in illustration which had been developed by the elder
-Whittingham was continued and improved. In 1840
-they were doing color printing from wood blocks which
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_73'>73</span>was the best ever done by that process in England,
-and later they began to produce ornamental books
-with initials, borders, head pieces, and the like, printed
-from wood blocks, but superior to anything which had
-been seen since the days of illuminated manuscripts.
-Pickering and Whittingham were in constant consultation.
-They spent their Sundays and much other
-time together. The completeness of their cooperation is
-shown by Whittingham’s answer to the question which of
-the two had the greater influence on the other. He replied,
-“My dear sir, when you tell me which half of a pair of
-scissors is the more useful, I will answer your question.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Pickering died in 1854, bankrupt through indorsing
-notes for a friend. The death of Pickering was a great
-blow to Whittingham, but the bankruptcy did not in
-any way involve the Chiswick Press. Whittingham
-never took the same interest in the business afterward,
-although the house had become sufficiently strong to
-continue and maintain its standards. Whittingham
-was always actuated by the true craftsman’s spirit.
-He was successful in his business, but he was more
-anxious for artistic than for financial success. There
-is not the slightest doubt that if he had been willing
-to do so he might have amassed a large fortune. Upon
-one occasion he was called in as an expert to figure
-the price which the government should offer for a very
-large contract. Instead of calling for bids the government
-had a price figured which it proposed to offer
-for the work. Whittingham figured a price which
-would be just to the government and at the same
-time offer a good margin of profit to the contractor.
-After he had completed his labors, he was offered
-the contract himself, but refused, stating as he did so
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_74'>74</span>that he would rather print fine books than make money.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The history of English printing shows one more
-epoch-making figure. It is that of William Morris,
-poet, socialist, idealist, and craftsman. Morris is in
-many ways one of the most picturesque figures of the
-nineteenth century. Interested in many kinds of craftsmanship,
-he was particularly interested in printing and
-in 1891 he set up the Kelmscott Press in order to express
-his idea of what a book should be. Morris was
-above all things a man of the Middle Ages. Like the
-even more famous Ruskin, his spirit revolted from
-many of the characteristics of the nineteenth century.
-Whatever he did, thought, or said is influenced by this
-underlying spirit of mediævalism. In his books and his
-types we find exhibited the spirit and forms of the fifteenth
-century, but the vital thing is the spirit and not
-the form. Although deeply influenced by fifteenth
-century forms, Morris’s work is not mere imitation. It
-is rather a reproduction of the old-time spirit. Morris
-said that in printing it was important to consider “the
-paper, the form of the type, the relative spacing of the
-letters, words, and lines, and lastly the position of the
-printed matter on the page.” The harmony and completeness
-of the whole, a harmony extending beyond
-mechanism to the harmony of literary spirit and typographic
-form, was his fundamental idea. In working this
-out he adopted as a unit not the single page of type, as
-had been commonly the case, but the double page, on
-the ground that when the book is opened we have before
-our eyes not one page but two, and therefore the two
-together form a unit of book composition.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Morris designed three types, named from the books
-in which they were first employed. The first was the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_75'>75</span>Golden, from the Golden Legend, a heavy black roman
-letter with distinct gothic influence. The second was
-the Troy, from an edition of Caxton’s Troy book, a
-modification of a Koburger gothic of the fifteenth century.
-The third was the Chaucer, so called from an
-edition of some of Chaucer’s work, which was the Troy
-reduced in size and slightly modified in face. The initial
-letters were designed by Morris in imitation of a set
-used by Sweynheim and Pannartz.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Unfortunately Morris lived only five years after he
-began to print and his press did not survive him. During
-that period he published fifty-three books in sixty-five
-volumes, none of them in large editions. The
-influence of Morris, however, was very great. Although
-he was not extensively copied directly, he led in a marked
-revival of the spirit of the old craftsman and in a
-renewal of the old conception of the unity and harmony
-of the book as a whole. The Kelmscott Press was hardly
-closed when Charles Ricketts opened the Vale Press,
-which operated from 1896 to 1904. Ricketts had much
-of the spirit and many of the methods of Morris, but
-unlike Morris, who approached his type problem from
-the side of manuscript, Ricketts conceived his forms
-as cast in metal. Another continuer of Morris’s work
-was the Dove Press, which was started in 1900.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Morris’s influence extended beyond the Atlantic and
-shows itself in some of the best American printing,
-particularly that of Mr. Daniel Berkeley Updike of the
-Merrymount Press of Boston and Mr. Bruce Rogers of
-the Riverside Press of Cambridge.</p>
-
-<p class='c011'>The central feature in the history of printing of the
-last century has been the development of periodical
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_76'>76</span>and commercial printing. Previous to the last hundred
-years the particular thing was the book, but book
-printing is now only a small part of the industry. A
-study of periodical and commercial printing would be
-extremely interesting, but it lies in the domain of typography
-rather than in that of the history of printing.
-With the brief consideration which we have made of
-the so-called revival of printing under Morris and his
-successors we may properly take leave of this branch
-of our subject.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <h2 class='c005'>SUPPLEMENTARY READING</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c012'>William Caxton. By Charles Knight. (Popular and in a few respects
-inaccurate, but excellent for its sketch of the life and conditions
-of Caxton’s time.)</p>
-
-<p class='c013'>Life and Typography of William Caxton. By William Blades. (The
-standard authority, but suited only for somewhat advanced
-students.)</p>
-
-<p class='c013'>A Short History of English Printing. By Henry R. Plomer. (A fairly
-good general view of the subject.)</p>
-
-<p class='c013'>The Cambridge History of English Literature. Vol. II, Chap.
-xiii; Vol. IV, Chap. xviii; Vol. VII, Chap. xv; Vol. XI, Chap.
-xiv. (This work is made up of monographs written by distinguished
-specialists. The chapters indicated contain a very good
-general view of the development of British printing and publishing
-and of the beginnings of journalism in England.)</p>
-
-<p class='c013'>See files of the Inland Printer (Chicago) for excellent articles by Mr.
-Henry L. Bullen. These articles are notable for their valuable
-illustrations.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_77'>77</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>REVIEW QUESTIONS</h2>
-</div>
-
-<h3 class='c014'>SUGGESTIONS TO STUDENTS AND INSTRUCTORS</h3>
-
-<p class='c015'>The following questions, based on the contents of this pamphlet,
-are intended to serve (1) as a guide to the study of the text, (2) as
-an aid to the student in putting the information contained into
-definite statements without actually memorizing the text, (3) as a
-means of securing from the student a reproduction of the information
-in his own words.</p>
-
-<p class='c016'>A careful following of the questions by the reader will insure full
-acquaintance with every part of the text, avoiding the accidental
-omission of what might be of value. These primers are so condensed
-that nothing should be omitted.</p>
-
-<p class='c016'>In teaching from these books it is very important that these
-questions and such others as may occur to the teacher should be
-made the basis of frequent written work, and of final examinations.</p>
-
-<p class='c016'>The importance of written work cannot be overstated. It not
-only assures knowledge of material but the power to express that
-knowledge correctly and in good form.</p>
-
-<p class='c016'>If this written work can be submitted to the teacher in printed
-form it will be doubly useful.</p>
-
-<h3 class='c017'>QUESTIONS</h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>1.</dt>
- <dd>What general conditions made England slow to take up printing?
- </dd>
- <dt>2.</dt>
- <dd>What special conditions existed in England about the time of the invention of printing?
- </dd>
- <dt>3.</dt>
- <dd>What is the truth about the story that the first English printed book was dated 1468?
- </dd>
- <dt>4.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of Caxton’s life up to his return to England.
- </dd>
- <dt>5.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of the rest of his life.
- </dd>
- <dt>6.</dt>
- <dd>How many books did he print, and of what sort?
- </dd>
- <dt>7.</dt>
- <dd>What remarkable omissions are there in his work, and why?
- </dd>
- <dt>8.</dt>
- <dd>What was his special field?
- </dd>
- <dt>9.</dt>
- <dd>What sort of man was Caxton?
- </dd>
- <dt>10.</dt>
- <dd>What can you say about Caxton’s typography?
-<div><span class='pageno' id='Page_78'>78</span></div>
- </dd>
- <dt>11.</dt>
- <dd>What other printers appeared in England during Caxton’s life?
- </dd>
- <dt>12.</dt>
- <dd>What was the great difference between Caxton and his successors?
- </dd>
- <dt>13.</dt>
- <dd>Who was Caxton’s successor in business, and what do you know about him?
- </dd>
- <dt>14.</dt>
- <dd>Who was Pynson, and what did he do?
- </dd>
- <dt>15.</dt>
- <dd>What do you know about Copeland; Berthelet; Grafton and Whitchurch?
- </dd>
- <dt>16.</dt>
- <dd>Describe the condition of English printing up to 1550, and give the reason.
- </dd>
- <dt>17.</dt>
- <dd>What change took place after 1525?
- </dd>
- <dt>18.</dt>
- <dd>What books were imported, and why?
- </dd>
- <dt>19.</dt>
- <dd>What was the situation in England all through the Middle Ages with regard to labor
- troubles?
- </dd>
- <dt>20.</dt>
- <dd>What social change took place in the nineteenth century, and what was the result?
- </dd>
- <dt>21.</dt>
- <dd>How did the English deal with the problem of the regulation of printing?
- </dd>
- <dt>22.</dt>
- <dd>What can you say about English craft guilds?
- </dd>
- <dt>23.</dt>
- <dd>What were the reasons for the organization of the Company of Stationers?
- </dd>
- <dt>24.</dt>
- <dd>What was the form of organization of the Company?
- </dd>
- <dt>25.</dt>
- <dd>What was the Star Chamber?
- </dd>
- <dt>26.</dt>
- <dd>What were the powers and the duties of the Company?
- </dd>
- <dt>27.</dt>
- <dd>What followed the organization of the Company?
- </dd>
- <dt>28.</dt>
- <dd>Give the substance of the edict of 1586.
- </dd>
- <dt>29.</dt>
- <dd>What did the Company do in the execution of this edict?
- </dd>
- <dt>30.</dt>
- <dd>What difficulties, other than those caused by the edicts, troubled the printers?
- </dd>
- <dt>31.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of John Wolfe.
-<div><span class='pageno' id='Page_79'>79</span></div>
- </dd>
- <dt>32.</dt>
- <dd>What was the result of the reduction in the number of offices, and what was done about it?
- </dd>
- <dt>33.</dt>
- <dd>Describe English printing apprenticeship at this period.
- </dd>
- <dt>34.</dt>
- <dd>What were the relations between author, printer, and bookseller?
- </dd>
- <dt>35.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of John Day.
- </dd>
- <dt>36.</dt>
- <dd>Mention other printers of this time, and give some distinguishing fact about each.
- </dd>
- <dt>37.</dt>
- <dd>What tendency appears in English printing after Day, and why?
- </dd>
- <dt>38.</dt>
- <dd>How did printing fare under James I; under Charles I?
- </dd>
- <dt>39.</dt>
- <dd>Give the substance of the edict of 1637.
- </dd>
- <dt>40.</dt>
- <dd>What legislation was enacted to protect English printing?
- </dd>
- <dt>41.</dt>
- <dd>What happened when Parliament got the upper hand, and why?
- </dd>
- <dt>42.</dt>
- <dd>How did printing fare under Cromwell?
- </dd>
- <dt>43.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of the attempt to incorporate the Company of Printers.
- </dd>
- <dt>44.</dt>
- <dd>Sketch the course of government regulation from 1662 to 1694.
- </dd>
- <dt>45.</dt>
- <dd>Tell about Roycroft and his work.
- </dd>
- <dt>46.</dt>
- <dd>Tell about the four type-founders of this time.
- </dd>
- <dt>47.</dt>
- <dd>Describe the rise to prominence of the Oxford Press.
- </dd>
- <dt>48.</dt>
- <dd>What three special changes took place in the eighteenth century?
- </dd>
- <dt>49.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of the invention of stereotyping.
- </dd>
- <dt>50.</dt>
- <dd>Tell how the publishers became the principal power in the book business.
- </dd>
- <dt>51.</dt>
- <dd>Give the substance of the copyright act of 1709.
- </dd>
- <dt>52.</dt>
- <dd>What was the effect of this act on the author and on the manufacture of books?
- </dd>
- <dt>53.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of William Caslon.
-<div><span class='pageno' id='Page_80'>80</span></div>
- </dd>
- <dt>54.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of Samuel Richardson.
- </dd>
- <dt>55.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of the life of Baskerville.
- </dd>
- <dt>56.</dt>
- <dd>Tell about Baskerville as a type-founder.
- </dd>
- <dt>57.</dt>
- <dd>Tell about Baskerville’s press; his methods; the reason for his lack of success.
- </dd>
- <dt>58.</dt>
- <dd>Was Baskerville’s work a failure, and why?
- </dd>
- <dt>59.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of Charles Whittingham, the elder.
- </dd>
- <dt>60.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of Charles Whittingham, the younger.
- </dd>
- <dt>61.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of Pickering and his alliance with Whittingham.
- </dd>
- <dt>62.</dt>
- <dd>Tell the story of Morris and the Kelmscott Press.
- </dd>
- <dt>63.</dt>
- <dd>Describe Morris’s ideas and tell about his work.
- </dd>
- <dt>64.</dt>
- <dd>What was the effect of Morris’s work?
- </dd>
- <dt>65.</dt>
- <dd>Name a few of the printers most influenced by him.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_81'>81</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>TYPOGRAPHIC TECHNICAL SERIES FOR APPRENTICES</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c011'>The following list of publications, comprising the <span class='sc'>Typographic
-Technical Series for Apprentices</span>, has been prepared under
-the supervision of the Committee on Education of the United
-Typothetae of America for use in trade classes, in courses of printing
-instruction, and by individuals.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Each publication has been compiled by a competent author or
-group of authors, and carefully edited, the purpose, being to provide
-the printers of the United States—employers, journeymen, and
-apprentices—with a comprehensive series of handy and inexpensive
-compendiums of reliable, up-to-date information upon the various
-branches and specialties of the printing craft, all arranged in orderly
-fashion for progressive study.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The publications of the series are of uniform size, 5 × 8 inches.
-Their general make-up, in typography, illustrations, etc., has been,
-as far as practicable, kept in harmony throughout. A brief synopsis
-of the particular contents and other chief features of each volume will
-be found under each title in the following list.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Each topic is treated in a concise manner, the aim being to embody
-in each publication as completely as possible all the rudimentary
-information and essential facts necessary to an understanding of the
-subject. Care has been taken to make all statements accurate and
-clear, with the purpose of bringing essential information within the
-understanding of beginners in the different fields of study. Wherever
-practicable, simple and well-defined drawings and illustrations have
-been used to assist in giving additional clearness to the text.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In order that the pamphlets may be of the greatest possible help
-for use in trade-school classes and for self-instruction, each title is
-accompanied by a list of Review Questions covering essential items of
-the subject matter. A short Glossary of technical terms belonging to
-the subject or department treated is also added to many of the books.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>These are the Official Text-books of the United Typothetae of
-America.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Address all orders and inquiries to <span class='sc'>Committee on Education,
-United Typothetae of America, Chicago, Illinois, U. S. A.</span></p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_82'>82</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>TYPOGRAPHIC TECHNICAL SERIES <i>for</i> APPRENTICES</h2>
-</div>
-<h3 class='c014'>PART I—<i>Types, Tools, Machines, and Materials</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>1.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Type: a Primer of Information</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Relating to the mechanical features of printing types; their sizes, font schemes, etc.,
- with a brief description of their manufacture. 44 pp.; illustrated; 74 review questions;
- glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>2.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Compositors’ Tools and Materials</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about composing sticks, galleys, leads, brass rules, cutting and
- mitering machines, etc. 47 pp.; illustrated; 50 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>3.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Type Cases, Composing Room Furniture</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about type cases, work stands, cabinets, case racks, galley
- racks, standing galleys, etc. 43 pp.; illustrated; 33 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>4.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Imposing Tables and Lock-up Appliances</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Describing the tools and materials used in locking up forms for the press, including some
- modern utilities for special purposes. 59 pp.; illustrated; 70 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>5.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Proof Presses</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the customary methods and machines for taking printers’
- proofs. 40 pp.; illustrated; 41 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>6.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Platen Printing Presses</cite> By Daniel Baker
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information regarding the history and mechanical construction of platen
- printing presses, from the original hand press to the modern job press, to which is added
- a chapter on automatic presses of small size. 51 pp.; illustrated; 49 review questions;
- glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>7.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Cylinder Printing Presses</cite> By Herbert L. Baker
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Being a study of the mechanism and operation of the principal types of cylinder printing
- machines. 64 pp.; illustrated; 47 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>8.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Mechanical Feeders and Folders</cite> By William E. Spurrier
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The history and operation of modern feeding and folding machines; with hints on their
- care and adjustments. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>9.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Power for Machinery in Printing Houses</cite> By Carl F. Scott
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A treatise on the methods of applying power to printing presses and allied machinery,
- with particular reference to electric drive. 53 pp.; illustrated; 69 review questions;
- glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>10.</dt>
- <dd> <cite class='bcite'>Paper Cutting Machines</cite> By Niel Gray, Jr.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about paper and card trimmers, hand-lever cutters, power cutters,
- and other automatic machines for cutting paper. 70 pp.; illustrated; 115 review
- questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>11.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Printers’ Rollers</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the composition, manufacture, and care of inking rollers.
- 46 pp.; illustrated; 61 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>12.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Printing Inks</cite> By Philip Ruxton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Their composition, properties and manufacture (reprinted by permission from Circular No.
- 53, United States Bureau of Standards); together with some helpful suggestions about the
- everyday use of printing inks by Philip Ruxton. 80 pp.; 100 review questions; glossary.
-<div><span class='pageno' id='Page_83'>83</span></div>
- </dd>
- <dt>13.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>How Paper is Made</cite> By William Bond Wheelwright
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the materials and processes of manufacturing paper for
- printing and writing. 68 pp.; illustrated; 62 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>14.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Relief Engravings</cite> By Joseph P. Donovan
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Brief history and non-technical description of modern methods of engraving: woodcut, zinc
- plate, halftone; kind of copy for reproduction; things to remember when ordering
- engravings. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>15.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Electrotyping and Stereotyping</cite> By Harris B. Hatch and A. A.
- Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the processes of electrotyping and stereotyping. 94 pp.;
- illustrated; 129 review questions; glossaries.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<h3 class='c017'>PART II—<i>Hand and Machine Composition</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_2 c003'>
- <dt>16.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Typesetting</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A handbook for beginners, giving information about justifying, spacing, correcting, and
- other matters relating to typesetting. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>17.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Printers’ Proofs</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The methods by which they are made, marked, and corrected, with observations on
- proofreading. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>18.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>First Steps in Job Composition</cite> By Camille DeVèze
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Suggestions for the apprentice compositor in setting his first jobs, especially about the
- important little things which go to make good display in typography. 63 pp.; examples; 55
- review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>19.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>General Job Composition</cite>
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>How the job compositor handles business stationery, programs and miscellaneous work.
- Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>20.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Book Composition</cite> By J. W. Bothwell
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Chapters from DeVinne’s “Modern Methods of Book Composition,” revised and arranged for
- this series of text-books by J. W. Bothwell of The DeVinne Press, New York. Part I:
- Composition of pages. Part II: Imposition of pages. 229 pp.; illustrated; 525 review
- questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>21.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Tabular Composition</cite> By Robert Seaver
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A study of the elementary forms of table composition, with examples of more difficult
- composition. 36 pp.; examples; 45 review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>22.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Applied Arithmetic</cite> By E. E. Sheldon
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Elementary arithmetic applied to problems of the printing trade, calculation of
- materials, paper weights and sizes, with standard tables and rules for computation, each
- subject amplified with examples and exercises. 159 pp.
- </dd>
- <dt>23.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Typecasting and Composing Machines</cite> A. W. Finlay, Editor
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Section I—The Linotype By L. A. Hornstein Section II—The
- Monotype By Joseph Hays Section III—The Intertype
- By Henry W. Cozzens Section IV—Other Typecasting and Typesetting
- Machines By Frank H. Smith
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A brief history of typesetting machines, with descriptions of their mechanical principles
- and operations. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<div>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_84'>84</span>
- <h3 class='c017'>PART III—<i>Imposition and Stonework</i></h3>
-</div>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>24.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Locking Forms for the Job Press</cite> By Frank S. Henry
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Things the apprentice should know about locking up small forms, and about general work on
- the stone. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>25.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Preparing Forms for the Cylinder Press</cite> By Frank S. Henry
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Pamphlet and catalog imposition; margins; fold marks, etc. Methods of handling type forms
- and electrotype forms. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<h3 class='c017'>PART IV—<i>Presswork</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>26.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Making Ready on Platen Presses</cite> By T. G. McGrew
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The essential parts of a press and their functions; distinctive features of commonly used
- machines. Preparing the tympan, regulating the impression, underlaying and overlaying,
- setting gauges, and other details explained. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>27.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Cylinder Presswork</cite> By T. G. McGrew
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Preparing the press; adjustment of bed and cylinder, form rollers, ink fountain, grippers
- and delivery systems. Underlaying and overlaying; modern over-lay methods. Illustrated;
- review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>28.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Pressroom Hints and Helps</cite> By Charles L. Dunton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Describing some practical methods of pressroom work, with directions and useful
- information relating to a variety of printing-press problems. 87 pp.; 176 review
- questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>29.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Reproductive Processes of the Graphic Arts</cite> By A. W. Elson
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the distinctive features of the relief, the intaglio, and
- the planographic processes of printing. 84 pp.; illustrated; 100 review questions;
- glossary.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<h3 class='c017'>PART V—<i>Pamphlet and Book Binding</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>30.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Pamphlet Binding</cite> By Bancroft L. Goodwin
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the various operations employed in binding pamphlets and
- other work in the bindery. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>31.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Book Binding</cite> By John J. Pleger
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Practical information about the usual operations in binding books: folding, gathering,
- collating, sewing, forwarding, finishing. Case making and cased-in books. Hand work and
- machine work. Job and blank-book binding. Illustrated; review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<h3 class='c017'>PART VI—<i>Correct Literary Composition</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>32.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Word Study and English Grammar</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about words, their relations, and their uses. 68 pp.; 84 review
- questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>33.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Punctuation</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the marks of punctuation and their use, both grammatically
- and typographically. 56 pp.; 59 review questions; glossary.
-<div><span class='pageno' id='Page_85'>85</span></div>
- </dd>
- <dt>34.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Capitals</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about capitalization, with some practical typographic hints as to
- the use of capitals. 48 pp.; 92 review questions; glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>35.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Division of Words</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Rules for the division of words at the ends of lines, with remarks on spelling,
- syllabication and pronunciation. 42 pp.; 70 review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>36.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Compound Words</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A study of the principles of compounding, the components of compounds, and the use of the
- hyphen. 34 pp.; 62 review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>37.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Abbreviations and Signs</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about abbreviations and signs, with classified lists of those in
- most common use. 58 pp.; 32 review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>38.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>The Uses of Italic</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the history and uses of italic letters. 31 pp.; 37 review
- questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>39.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Proofreading</cite> By Arnold Levitas
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The technical phases of the proofreader’s work; reading, marking, revising, etc.; methods
- of handling proofs and copy. Illustrated by examples. 59 pp.; 69 review questions;
- glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>40.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Preparation of Printers’ Copy</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Suggestions for authors, editors, and all who are engaged in preparing copy for the
- composing room. 36 pp.; 67 review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>41.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Printers’ Manual of Style</cite>
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A reference compilation of approved rules, usages, and suggestions relating to uniformity
- in punctuation, capitalization, abbreviations, numerals, and kindred features of
- composition.
- </dd>
- <dt>42.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>The Printer’s Dictionary</cite> By A. A. Stewart
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A handbook of definitions and miscellaneous information about various processes of
- printing, alphabetically arranged. Technical terms explained. Illustrated.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<h3 class='c017'>PART VII—<i>Design, Color, and Lettering</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>43.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Applied Design for Printers</cite> By Harry L. Gage
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A handbook of the principles of arrangement, with brief comment on the periods of design
- which have most influenced printing. Treats of harmony, balance, proportion, and rhythm;
- motion; symmetry and variety; ornament, esthetic and symbolic. 37 illustrations; 46
- review questions; glossary; bibliography.
- </dd>
- <dt>44.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Elements of Typographic Design</cite> By Harry L. Gage
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Applications of the principles of decorative design. Building material of typography:
- paper, types, ink, decorations and illustrations. Handling of shapes. Design of complete
- book, treating each part. Design of commercial forms and single units. Illustrations;
- review questions; glossary; bibliography.
-<div><span class='pageno' id='Page_86'>86</span></div>
- </dd>
- <dt>45.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Rudiments of Color in Printing</cite> By Harry L. Gage
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Use of color: for decoration of black and white, for broad poster effect, in combinations
- of two, three, or more printings with process engravings. Scientific nature of color,
- physical and chemical. Terms in which color may be discussed: hue, value, intensity.
- Diagrams in color, scales and combinations. Color theory of process engraving.
- Experiments with color. Illustrations in full color, and on various papers. Review
- questions; glossary; bibliography.
- </dd>
- <dt>46.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Lettering in Typography</cite> By Harry L. Gage
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Printer’s use of lettering: adaptability and decorative effect. Development of historic
- writing and lettering and its influence on type design. Classification of general forms
- in lettering. Application of design to lettering. Drawing for reproduction. Fully
- illustrated; review questions; glossary; bibliography.
- </dd>
- <dt>47.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Typographic Design in Advertising</cite> By Harry L. Gage
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The printer’s function in advertising. Precepts upon which advertising is based.
- Printer’s analysis of his copy. Emphasis, legibility, attention, color. Method of
- studying advertising typography. Illustrations; review questions; glossary: bibliography.
- </dd>
- <dt>48.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Making Dummies and Layouts</cite> By Harry L. Gage
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A layout: the architectural plan. A dummy: the imitation of a proposed final effect. Use
- of dummy in sales work. Use of layout. Function of layout man. Binding schemes for
- dummies. Dummy envelopes. Illustrations; review questions; glossary; bibliography.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<h3 class='c017'>PART VIII—<i>History of Printing</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>49.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Books Before Typography</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the invention of the alphabet and the history of
- book-making up to the invention of movable types. 62 pp.; illustrated; 64 review
- questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>50.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>The Invention of Typography</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A brief sketch of the invention of printing and how it came about. 64 pp.; 62 review
- questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>51.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>History of Printing—Part I</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about the beginnings of printing, the development of the book,
- the development of printers’ materials, and the work of the great pioneers. 63 pp.; 55
- review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>52.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>History of Printing—Part II</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A brief sketch of the economic conditions of the printing industry from 1450 to 1789,
- including government regulations, censorship, internal conditions and industrial
- relations. 94 pp.; 128 review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>53.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Printing in England</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A short history of printing in England from Caxton to the present time. 89 pp.; 65 review
- questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>54.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Printing in America</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A brief sketch of the development of the newspaper, and some notes on publishers who have
- especially contributed to printing. 98 pp.; 84 review questions.
- </dd>
- <dt>55.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Type and Presses in America</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A brief historical sketch of the development of type casting and press building in the
- United States. 52 pp.; 61 review questions.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<div>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_87'>87</span>
- <h3 class='c017'>PART IX—<i>Cost Finding and Accounting</i></h3>
-</div>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>56.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Elements of Cost in Printing</cite> By Henry P. Porter
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A primer of information about all the elements that contribute to the cost of printing
- and their relation to each other. Review questions. Glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>57.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Use of a Cost System</cite> By Henry P. Porter
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The Standard Cost Finding Forms and their uses. What they should show. How to utilize the
- information they give. Review questions. Glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>58.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>The Printer as a Merchant</cite> By Henry P. Porter
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The selection and purchase of materials and supplies for printing. The relation of the
- cost of raw material and the selling price of the finished product. Review questions.
- Glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>59.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Fundamental Principles of Estimating</cite> By Henry P. Porter
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>The estimator and his work; forms to use; general rules for estimating. Review questions.
- Glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>60.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Estimating and Selling</cite> By Henry P. Porter
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>An insight into the methods used in making estimates, and their relation to selling.
- Review questions. Glossary.
- </dd>
- <dt>61.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Accounting for Printers</cite> By Henry P. Porter
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A brief outline of an accounting system for printers; necessary books and accessory
- records. Review questions. Glossary.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-<h3 class='c017'>PART X—<i>Miscellaneous</i></h3>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c003'>
- <dt>62.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Health, Sanitation, and Safety</cite> By Henry P. Porter
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>Hygiene in the printing trade; a study of conditions old and new; practical suggestions
- for improvement; protective appliances and rules for safety.
- </dd>
- <dt>63.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Topical Index</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A book of reference covering the topics treated in the Typographic Technical Series,
- alphabetically arranged.
- </dd>
- <dt>64.</dt>
- <dd><cite class='bcite'>Courses of Study</cite> By F. W. Hamilton
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd>A guidebook for teachers, with outlines and suggestions for classroom and shop work.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_88'>88</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>ACKNOWLEDGMENT</h2>
-</div>
-<p class='drop-capa0_0_6 c006'>This series of Typographic Text-books is the result of the
-splendid cooperation of a large number of firms and individuals
-engaged in the printing business and its allied industries in the United
-States of America.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Committee on Education of the United Typothetae of
-America, under whose auspices the books have been prepared and
-published, acknowledges its indebtedness for the generous assistance
-rendered by the many authors, printers, and others identified with
-this work.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>While due acknowledgment is made on the title and copyright
-pages of those contributing to each book, the Committee nevertheless
-felt that a group list of co-operating firms would be of interest.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The following list is not complete, as it includes only those who
-have co-operated in the production of a portion of the volumes,
-constituting the first printing. As soon as the entire list of books
-comprising the Typographic Technical Series has been completed
-(which the Committee hopes will be at an early date), the full list
-will be printed in each volume.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Committee also desires to acknowledge its indebtedness to
-the many subscribers to this Series who have patiently awaited its
-publication.</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b'>
- <div class='linegroup'>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><span class='sc'>Committee on Education,</span></div>
- <div class='line'><span class='sc'>United Typothetae of America.</span></div>
- </div>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line in6'><span class='sc'>Henry P. Porter</span>, <i>Chairman</i>,</div>
- <div class='line in6'><span class='sc'>E. Lawrence Fell</span>,</div>
- <div class='line in6'><span class='sc'>A. M. Glossbrenner</span>,</div>
- <div class='line in6'><span class='sc'>J. Clyde Oswald</span>,</div>
- <div class='line in6'><span class='sc'>Toby Rubovits</span>.</div>
- </div>
- <div class='group'>
- <div class='line'><span class='sc'>Frederick W. Hamilton</span>, <i>Education Director</i>.</div>
- </div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
- <span class='pageno' id='Page_89'>89</span>
- <h2 class='c005'>CONTRIBUTORS</h2>
-</div>
- <dl class='dl_3 c004'>
- <dt><strong>For Composition and Electrotypes</strong></dt>
- <dd>&nbsp;
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Isaac H. Blanchard Company</span>, New York, N. Y.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>S. H. Burbank &amp; Co.</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>J. S. Cushing &amp; Co.</span>, Norwood, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The DeVinne Press</span>, New York, N. Y.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>R. R. Donnelley &amp; Sons Co.</span>, Chicago, Ill.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Geo. H. Ellis Co.</span>, Boston, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Evans-Winter-Hebb</span>, Detroit, Mich.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Franklin Printing Company</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>F. H. Gilson Company</span>, Boston, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Stephen Greene &amp; Co.</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>W. F. Hall Printing Co.</span>, Chicago, Ill.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>J. B. Lippincott Co.</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>McCalla &amp; Co. Inc.</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The Patteson Press</span>, New York.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The Plimpton Press</span>, Norwood, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Poole Bros.</span>, Chicago, Ill.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Edward Stern &amp; Co.</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The Stone Printing &amp; Mfg. Co.</span>, Roanoke, Va.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>C. D. Traphagen</span>, Lincoln, Neb.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The University Press</span>, Cambridge, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt><strong>For Composition</strong></dt>
- <dd>&nbsp;
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Boston Typothetae School of Printing</span>, Boston, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>William F. Fell Co.</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The Kalkhoff Company</span>, New York, N. Y.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Oxford-Print</span>, Boston, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Toby Rubovits</span>, Chicago, Ill.
- </dd>
- <dt><strong>For Electrotypes</strong></dt>
- <dd>&nbsp;
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Blomgren Brothers Co.</span>, Chicago, Ill.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Flower Steel Electrotyping Co.</span>, New York, N. Y.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>C. J. Peters &amp; Son Co.</span>, Boston, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Royal Electrotype Co.</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>H. C. Whitcomb &amp; Co.</span>, Boston, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt><strong>For Engravings</strong></dt>
- <dd>&nbsp;
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>American Type Founders Co.</span>, Boston, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>C. B. Cottrell &amp; Sons Co.</span>, Westerly, R. I.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Golding Manufacturing Co.</span>, Franklin, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Harvard University</span>, Cambridge, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Inland Printer Co.</span>, Chicago, Ill.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Lanston Monotype Machine Company</span>, Philadelphia, Pa.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Mergenthaler Linotype Company</span>, New York, N. Y.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Geo. H. Morrill Co.</span>, Norwood, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>Oswald Publishing Co.</span>, New York, N. Y.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The Printing Art</span>, Cambridge, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>B. D. Rising Paper Company</span>, Housatonic, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>The Vandercook Press</span>, Chicago, Ill.
- </dd>
- <dt><strong>For Book Paper</strong></dt>
- <dd>&nbsp;
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>American Writing Paper Co.</span>, Holyoke, Mass.
- </dd>
- <dt>&nbsp;</dt>
- <dd><span class='sc'>West Virginia Pulp &amp; Paper Co.</span>, Mechanicville, N. Y.
- </dd>
- </dl>
-
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c003' />
-</div>
-<div class='tnotes x-ebookmaker'>
-
-<div class='section ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
- <div>TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
- <ol class='ol_1 c004'>
- <li>Silently corrected typographical errors and variations in spelling.
-
- </li>
- <li>Archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings retained as printed.
- </li>
- </ol>
-
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A BRIEF HISTORY OF PRINTING IN ENGLAND ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
-<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
- <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
- other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
- whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
- of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
- at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
- </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
- works.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
- </div>
-
- <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
- &bull; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
- </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
- </body>
- <!-- created with ppgen.py 3.57c on 2021-05-21 15:38:20 GMT -->
-</html>
diff --git a/old/65596-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/65596-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index db316a7..0000000
--- a/old/65596-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/65596-h/images/title.jpg b/old/65596-h/images/title.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7917116..0000000
--- a/old/65596-h/images/title.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ